Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 294

BUTT FUSION WELDING OF POLYETHYLENE

PIPES

A thesis submitted for the degree of


Doctor of Philosophy

by

Haroon Rashid

DEPARTMENT OF MATERIALS ENGINEERING

BRUNEL UNIVERSITY

JANUARY 1997
ýY
_

` `D

6j
-ý ý

ý
ýý
r'"
ABSTRACT
The butt fusion process is extensively used in the joining of
polyethylene (PE) pipes by the water and gas industries. This
welding process although deceptively simple, is rather poorly
understood, with much of the initial developments being of a
rather empirical nature. The Water Research centre (WRc) have
funded the present research in an attempt to optimise the
welding of high pressure pipeline (PE100) systems.
The main aims of this research were to investigate the effect
of different welding conditions on the physical and
mechanical properties of the joints produced and to
investigate these effects on the micro- and macro-structures
of the joints produced.
A series of welds were made using Eltex Tub 124 and Rigidex
002-50 pipes of 180mm diameter. The fusion pressure and heat-
soak times were varied. A milling machine witha twin cutter
arrangement was used to obtain the test specimens from around
the circumference of the pipes. Differential scanning
calorimetry was used to study the effect of sample
preparation methodology on the thermo-oxidative stability.
Polarised light microscopy and image analysis were used to
study the macro- and micro-structural developments in the
weld joint. Joint strength was evaluated via standard and
non-standard tensile test methods.
Milling the samples to produce the test specimens was found
to decrease significantly the thermo-oxidative resistance of
the polymer. Reasons for this behaviour have been proposed.

In order to achieve high quality thin films from microtomy,


custom-made blades were used. This programme also developed
the optimum polishing method for the microtomed blades. The
macro-structure of the bead: its shape and dimensions were
found to be a function of temperature and pressure.
Correlation was found between the bead geometry and the
position around the circumference of the pipe. The macro-
structures within the weld zone also showed this dependence
on the position along the circumference of the pipe. An
examination of the microstructures of each weld had shown the
presence of five different zones.
The feasibility of using microtomed thin sections in a
tensile test was demonstrated. The test method provides a
means to study failure initiation and propagation in the
tensile test specimen. Initial deformation was found to occur
in the centre of the melt-affected zone (MAZ) and the final
failure occurs at the junction of the weld bead and the bulk
polymer. Tests on films without the weld bead showed that
maximum deformation occurred at the centre of the sample
within the MAZ.

The presence of the bead and the asymmetry in the test


specimens caused by the welding process were found to have a
significant influence on the failure mode and the failure
strain. The strain rate was also found to play a significant
role in both beaded and debeaded samples. The failure was
initiated from the pseudo notches in the beaded samples. In
the debeaded sample the failure was within the MAZ.

ill
TITLE (i)

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (ii)

ABSTRACT (iii)

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1

1.1 Introduction 1

1.2 Objectives- 4

1.3 Outline of the thesis 5

CHAPTER 2 LITERATURE REVIEW 6


2.1 Materials 6

2.2 Effect of processing on polyethylene pipes 7

2.2.1 Thermal Oxidation 10

2.3 Morphology 11

2.4 Degradation and stabilisation of polyethylene 14

2.4.1 Additives 15

2.5 Evaluation of thermal degradation 16

2.5.1 Thermal analysis 17

2.5.2 Oxidation induction time (OIT) test 17


-
2.5.3 Correlation of OIT with antioxidant 19
concentration
2.6 Butt fusion welding 21

2.6.1 The butt fusion welding process 22

2.6.2 Theory of butt fusion welding 25

2.6.3 Microstructure of plastic welds 28

2.6.3.1 Specimen preparation 34

2.6.4 Factors influencing butt fusion welding 35

2.6.5 Temperature distribution within the weld 40

iv
2.6.6 Butt fusion welding of dissimilar grades 41
of polyethylene
2.6.7 Butt fusion weld quality and testing 42

2.6.8 Mechanical properties 43

2.6.8.1 Mechanical testing 44

CHAPTER 3 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES 50

3.0 Pipe materials so

3.1 Mater ials characterisation 50

3.1.1 Density gradient column 51

3.1.2 Gel permeation chromatography 52


3.1.2.1 GPC operating conditions 52
3.1.3 Differential scanning calorimetry 53
3.1.3.1 Melting point range and enthalpy 53
of fusion
3.1.3.2 Oxidation induction time 54

3.2 Butt fusion welding 55


3.2.1 Equipment 55

3.2.1.1 Thermal mapping of heater plate 56


3.2.2 Welding procedure 56

3.3 Micro structure 58


3.3.1 Microtomy 58

3.3.2 Polishing of blades 64


3.3.2.1 Disposable blades 64

3.3.2.2 D-profiled steel knives 64


3.3.3 Transmitted light microscopy 66
3.4 Analysis of welded specimen 66

3.4.1 Weld bead measurement 66

3.4.2 MAZ-Internal weld dimensions 68

3.5 Tensile testing 68

V
3.5.1 Microtensile testing-sample preparation 68

3.5.2 Macro-tensile specimen preparation 69

3.5.3 Micro tensile testing procedure 71

3.5.4 Macro tensile testing procedure 72

CHAPTER 4 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION 73

4.1 Introduction 73

4.2 Density 73

4.3 Molecular weight determination 74

4.4 Thermal analysis 75

4.4.1 Differential scanning calorimetry 75

4.4.2 Oxidation induction time (OIT) 82

4.4.2.1 Sample mass 87

4.4.2.2 Volatility of antioxidants 91

4.4.2.3 Electron spin resonance (ESR) 92

4.4.2.4 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) 93

4.4.2.5 Surface damage 94

CHAPTER 5 WELD GEOMETRY AND DIMENSIONS 102

5.1 Introduction 102

5.2 Sample coding 102

5.3 Bead geometry visual assessment 104


-
5.4 Weld geometry - quantitative assessment 110

5.4.1 Bead widths 110

5.4.2 Bead areas 113

5.4.3 Melt affected zone (MAZ) quantitative 120


-
assessment

vi
5.4.4 Shear zone measurement 129

CHAPTER 6 MACRO AND MICROSTRUCTURAL EXAMINATION 133

6.1 Introduction 133

6.2 Microtomy 133

6.2.1 Chemical polishing 134

6.2.2 Manual polishing 135

6.3 Macro-structure 136

6.4 Microstructure 147

6.4.1 Microstructure of the extruded pipe 147

6.4.2 Microstructure of the MAZ 152

CHAPTER 7 TENSILE TESTING OF MICROTOMED WELDED 162


SECTIONS

7.1 Introduction 162

7.2 Image analysis 162

7.3 Microtensile testing of Eltex 164


7.3.1 Beaded sample 164

7.3.2 Debeaded sample 174

7.4 Microtensile testing of Rigidex 181

7.5 Effect of testing speed 183


7.6 Thin films - Rigidex 186

7.7 Final failure modes for welded films 191

7.8 Summary 194

vi'
CHAPTER 8 TENSILE PROPERTIES 195

8.1 Introduction 195

8.2 Preliminary tensile tests 195

8.3 Effect of machining marks on tensile testing 198

8.3.1 Effect of defects on tensile testing 200

8.3.2 Effect of notching (skewing) on tensile 200


testing
8.4 Initial welding of Eltex and Rigidex 201

8.5 Eltex PE welds 205

8.6 Rigidex PE welds 214

8.7 Mixed welds between Eltex and Rigidex 215

8.8 Dual pressure welds 216

8.9 Failure modes in simple tensile testing of 223


butt welds

CHAPTER 9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR 225


FURTHER WORK
9.1 Introduction 225

9.2 Conclusions 226

9.2.1 Material Characterisation 226

9.2.2 Weld Geometry and Dimensions 226

9.2.3 Macro and Micro-Structural Examination 228

9.2.4 Tensile Testing - Microtomed Welded 229


Sections

9.2.5 Tensile Properties 230

9.3 Recommendations for Further Work 231

REFERENCES 233

APPENDICES 254

viii
CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

The use of thermoplastic pipes, particularly for the

distribution of water and gas, has increased rapidly since


they were first introduced in the 1950's. In the UK, for

example, some 5000km of polyethylene (PE) pipe ranging in

diameter from 12mm to 1600mm is installed every year


[Lamond, 1995]. Thermoplastics are relatively cheap and

easily extruded into pipes. Furthermore, they are

corrosion resistant, lightweight and flexible [Bowman,

19951. For distribution of water and gas, PE is often the

preferred material mainly because of its flexibility which


makes laying easier. At present the use of PE pipe of
diameters more than 250mm is relatively low, but there is

a growing interest. in the water and gas industries to use

pipe diameters of more than 500mm [Watson', 1990).


Currently, these large sizes can only be joined by butt-
fusion welding. Butt-fusion welding is a reliable and

straight forward process, but it is slow when used on


large diameter, thick walled pipes. For example, the

recommended welding procedure for 400mm outer diameter PE

pipes with a wall thickness of 40mm, can take more than

one hour.

Page 1
In terms of pipe joining the alternative methods are

socket fusion and electrofusion joining [Marshall' et al.,

1995]. Socket fusion involves heating the inside of a

plastic socket fitting and the outside of the two pipe

ends to be joined with a specially shaped heating tool.

Once sufficiently heated, the pipe-ends are pushed into

the fitting and a joint is formed on cooling. In

electrofusion joining the pipes to be joined are pushed

into a coupler, which contains an integral electrical


heating coil embedded into its inner surface. When

energised from an external power supply the material

surrounding the coil at the outer pipe wall surface meets

and expands and fuses upon cooling to form the joint

[Marshall' et al., 19951

Since electofusion welding requires the use of an

additional plastic moulding for each joint, this

substantially increases the cost of each joint. On the

other hand this has the advantage of providing

reinforcement at the joint due to increased wall thickness

[Torsun et al., 1995]. In addition to this it is difficult

to produce large diameter fittings within reasonable


dimensional tolerances as the fittings are generally
injection moulded.

In recent years, there has been a rapid introduction of

new pipeline resins. In conjunction with this, there has

been a general trend in Western Europe to move over to

large diameters and/or high pressure plastic pipeline

systems (PE100). However, in general the welding

conditions have not been optimised for these new materials


[Wilson, 1995]. Very often the end user or fabricator is

Page 2
recommended to refer either to the manufacturer or

undertake their own weldability trials in order to


determine the optimum joining parameters [Land and
Erlenkamper, 1985].

Butt-fusion joining is a deceptively simple process,


complicated by the variety of parameters involved at each
stage of the joining process, all of which may change if

the different grades of materials are joined. The majority

of research in polymer welding has tended to concentrate


on the study of processing parameters [Stokes, 1988;
Schlarb and Ehrenstein, 1989] and on the testing of welded
joints [Nessel and John, 1984; Barber and Atkinson, 1974;
DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977]. However, this has been
largely empirical; the more fundamental aspects of butt
fusion joining concerning the process, how material
variables effect it and the implications that these may
have on the joining conditions required for different

materials have not been considered [Folkes et al., 1991].


As such it is only in the water'and gas industries where
standards for the joining procedures, equipment and
inspection methods exist [Watson3,1990; Davitt, 1995].

With current trends towards the automation of welding


equipment in an effort to produce more consistent, high

quality joints, a thorough understanding of the joining

process is essential if this is to be achieved


successfully. The consequences of installing pipes without
a full understanding of their behaviour have been amply
demonstrated in the past, with early polyvinylchloride
(PVC) pipes which were prone to cracking when poorly laid;

and electrofusion joints experiencing failures when the

pipe surfaces were not properly prepared.

Page 3
Another reason for understanding the joining process in

detail is the lack of effective non-destructive testing

(NDT) techniques [Hale, 1990] to assess the quality of

joints. Although many of the traditional weld inspection

techniques have been tried with plastics welding, due to

the nature of the material itself they are largely

unsuccessful in identifying any defects, voids or other

problems associated with poor welds. Destructive tests are

used to predict optimum joining conditions but there is no

consensus of opinion on the best test method to assess the

quality of PE joints [Hale, 19901.

The current work is set against this background of

widespread usage of a joining process that is both more

complex than first assumed and which is relatively poorly


understood.

1.2 OBJECTIVES

(i) To study the effect of welding conditions on the macro

and microstructure of butt-fused PE pipes. The term macro

and microstructures are used here to describe the shapes

and geometry of the weld zone and the microstructural


features within the weld zone.

(ii) To investigate the deformation modes of the butt-

fused PE welds using macro and micro-tensile testing. The

macro-tensile tests refer to conventional tensile tests.


Micro-tensile test involved the tensile testing of
microtomed sections of the butt joint.

Page 4
(iii) to correlate the deformation modes to the macro and

microstructures of the butt-fused welds.

1.3 OUTLINE OF THE THESIS

This thesis comprises of nine chapters. Chapter two

surveys the current literature and covers aspects of

structure and properties of polyethylene, morphology and


the effect of degradation on the pipe. Issues relating to

the butt fusion welding, microstructures of welds and

mechanical properties are also covered in chapter two. In

chapter three, the materials and experimental procedures

start with a brief description of the experimental


techniques which were used during the course of this

research. The experimental results are presented and


discussed in chapters four to eight. The material

characterisation and the oxidation induction time results

are presented in chapter four. The weld bead geometry and


dimensions of the melt affected zone as a function of the

position along the circumference of the pipe are discussed


in chapter five. Chapter six deals with the macro and

microstructure of the weld zone. Chapter seven reports on'


the micro-tensile testing of welded sections. Chapter

eight deals with the macro-tensile properties of the pipes


and the welds. The conclusions and recommendations for
further work are presented in chapter nine.

Page 5
Chapter 2 Literature Review

CHAPTER 2

LITERATURE REVIEW

2.1 MATERIALS

There are three main types of commercial water-grade

polyethylene (PE) resins which are generally available.


Type (I) corresponds to low density polyethylene (LDPE)

with a density range of 910-925 kgm-3 and is produced by

the high pressure process [Brydson, 19821. Type (II) is

classified as medium density polyethylene (MDPE) with


densities in the range of 926-960 kgm-3. Type (III)

corresponds to high density polyethylene (HDPE) and has a


density range of 941-965 kgm-3. MDPE and HDPE are produced
by a low pressure process utilising either metal oxide

catalysts (Philips Process) or aluminum alkyl or similar

materials (Ziegler Process) [Brydson, 1982]. A simplified

schematic illustration of the Philip's HDPE production

route is presented in Figure 2.1 [BP, 19861. In the UK,

LDPE is used for low pressure applications whereas MDPE

and HDPE are used in high pressure pipe systems. 8001 of

all mains and 90% of all services are made of HDPE


[Brinken, 1982]. The usage of PE for pipe related

applications accounts for about 3-4% of the total PE

consumption worldwide. The total quantity of PE resin

consumed globally for pipes has been estimated at

Page 6
Chapter 2 Literature Review

1. UNREACTED
SOLUTION ARE
MONOMERS
PROCESS; FLASHED OFF.
POLYMER IS 2. THE SUSPENDED
SOLUBLE IN CAT. IS REMOVED
THE DILUENT SOLUTION BY CENTRIFUGING.
PROCESS 3. SOLUTION IS
COOLED TO
120-160°C
30-30 ATMS. PRECIPATE THE
CHROMIUM POLYMER.
4. THE POLYMER I
ETHYLENE s OXIDE CAT.
SEPARATED BY
CO-MONOMERS DILUENT
CENTRIFUGING.
HYDROCARBON
SLURRY
PROCESS
90-100°C
SLURRY PROCESS;
POLYMER IS NOT
SOLUBLE IN THE
DILUTENT

1. POLYMER GRANULES
FORMED AROUND
CATALYST PARTICLES.
2. UNREACTED
MONOMERS ARE
FLASHED OFF.
3. THE POLYMER IS
SEPARATED BY
CENTRIFUGING.
4. THE POLYMER IS
CONTAMINATED WITH
SMALL AMOUNTS OF
CATALYST

Figure 2.1 Schematic illustration of the" production


processes in the manufacture of HDPE via
the Philip's process (BP, 1986).

1,060,000 tones for 1995 with European consumption

accounting for half of global total [Lamond, 1995].

2.2 EFFECT OF PROCESSING ON POLYETHYLENE PIPES

Pipes are manufactured by an. extrusion process. In

principle the extrusion process consists of metering

polymer usually in the granular form into a heated barrel

with a rotating screw. The rotation of the screw causes

Page 7
Chapter 2 Literature Review

shear mixing of the molten polymer and also moves the

polymer up the barrel where it is forced under pressure

through the breaker plate and into an annular die. The

resulting extruded pipe is calibrated by means of water

cooled sizing die or vacuum sizing [Reitemeyer, 1981].

Monitoring and control of dimensions of the finished

product is achieved by the use of various ultrasonic

devices [Cist and Smith, 1978; Limpar, 1988] Pittman et


.
al. [Pittman et al., 1992] have carried out a

comprehensive study of the cooling phase of large diameter

pipe including in-situ measurements of temperature within

the pipe wall. The computer simulation was shown to

predict accurately the pipe profiles.

The nature of pipe extrusion is such that it can introduce

a range of defects such as gas bubbles, foreign particles

and spiderlines. These defects can reduce the performance

of the pipe depending on the size and nature of the


defect. Extrusion, combined with the cooling phase also
introduces changes in microstructure and residual stress
distribution through the pipe wall. This is due to the

differential cooling between the surface and the bore.

This factor can also influence the mechanical properties

of the pipe [Doshi, 1989; Beech et al., 1988]. The outer

wall of the pipe solidifies first, whereas inside, the

material is still in a molten state. As cooling

progresses, the material in the inside of the pipe

attempts to contract, but is prevented from doing so by

the material in the outer wall that has already

solidified. This results in a compressive stress build up


in the outer wall due to constrained elongation [Gebler

and Racke, 1982]. In addition, the extrusion process tends

Page 8
Chapter 2 Literature Review

to orient molecular chains thus imparting a degree of

anisotropy. Bhatnagar and Broutman [Bhatnagar and


Broutman, 1985) have investigated the effect of annealing

on residual stresses in polyethylene pipes. They showed

that annealing time and temperature altered the residual

stress distribution in pipes. These stresses were


completely removed by annealing at temperatures between

100°C and 200°C for one hour. Pittman and Farah [Pittman

and Farah, 1995) carried out computer simulations of the

cooling process in pipes, including sag, thermal stresses

and morphology. These simulations provided a valuable tool


for relating product properties to processing conditions,
thus helping to optimise process operating conditions and
design. Isaac et al. [Isaac et al., 19951 carried out a

study on the mechanical properties and residual stress


distribution through the wall of PE pipes. Significant
differences in these properties have been recorded for

samples taken from different regions of the pipe wall. As

well as having the best tensile properties, samples from

the inner regions of the pipe wall (with the slowest

cooling rate) exhibited the lowest creep rates.

Density profiles through the pipe wall thickness were


determined by Gebler, Mallinson and Gwynn [Gebler, 1983;

Mallinson and Gwynn, 1988]. They observed that the

external surface had a relatively greater amorphous

content compared to the bore region. This was due to the

variation in the cooling rates for the surface and bore.

'Gebler [Gebler, 1983] reported that for a 190mm outer


diameter HDPE pipe, the external surface layer had a
density 952 kgm 3 the bore layer had density
of whereas a

of 959 kgm'3.

Page 9
Chapter 2 Literature Review

Both the short term and long term mechanical properties of

polyethylene are dependent on the molecular weight and


degree of branching of the polymer. As with other

polymers, the short term properties are also dependent on

the rate of testing, the temperature of the test, the

method of the specimen preparation, the size and shape of


the specimen and the conditioning of the samples before

testing. In general, increasing the density or testing

rate or decreasing temperature causes an increase in

modulus and lowers the ductility [Brydson, 1982).

2.2.1 THERMAL OXIDATION

The rate of extrusion is slow for larger diameter pipes

and this can result in thermal oxidation of the surface

and bore. Muller and Gaube [Muller and Gaube, 1982] found

that processing under unfavourable conditions lead to

considerable oxidative damage on the bore and surface of

an HDPE pipe. The effect of this was a shorter lifetime.

This was found to be true even in the case where the

damaged layer on the inside of the pipe was of the order

of 100 micrometres. Gedde et al. and Terselius et al.

[Gedde et al., 1981; Terselius et al., 1982] report the

thickness of the oxidised layer in 200-1000 mm outside


diameter HDPE pipes to be typically about 0.1-0.2 mm. The

strength of these oxidised pipes in most cases was found

to be significantly lower than the strength of the non-

oxidised pipes.

Page 10
Chapter 2 Literature Review

2.3 MORPHOLOGY

The general morphology of crystalline polymers has been

extensively studied. Polymers are considered to be either

crystalline or amorphous, although they may not be

completely one or the other.

Crystalline polymers are more rightly termed semi-

crystalline as the measured densities for perfect

materials differ from those obtained for such polymers


[Sawyer and Grubb, 19871. The dominant and most widespread

morphological entity formed when polymers crystallise from

the melt under normal conditions is the spherulite


[Keller, 1984] Spherulites consist principally of chain
.
folded lamallae radiating from a central point. Khoury and
Passaglia [Khoury and Passaglia, 19761 were among the
first to show the existence of the lamallar structure in

melt crystallised polymers. In polyethylene, spherulites

may vary in size from a fraction of a micrometre to

several millimetres in diameter, depending on the cooling

rate from the melt [Edwards et al., 1982].

It has been suggested that semi-crystalline polymers are

made up of spherulites which are composed of lamallae.

However, if the spherulites are to be considered to be

discrete entities, the mechanical properties of such

polymers would be extremely poor due to fracture along


inter spherulite boundaries. It has therefore been

suggested that lamallae are joined together by inter

crystalline links or tie-molecules [Lustiger, 1986).

Evidence for these links has been provided by Keith et al.


[Keith et al., 1980; Keith and Padden, 1984; Keith and

Page 11
Chapter 2 Literature Review

Padden, 19861 who crystallised polyethylene in solution on

mica substrate.

Lustiger and Markham [Lustiger and Markham., 1983]

considered the influence of the tie-molecules in

preventing brittle failures in polyethylene under long

term loading conditions - slow crack growth. Tie-molecules

have been used to explain both ductile and brittle modes

of failure. During ductile deformation, the tie-molecules

stretch when a tensile load is applied to the lamallae, as


illustrated in Figure 2.2a [Lustiger and Markham., 1983].

At a critical point a limit may be reached as shown in

Figure 2.2b, where the lamallae break up into smaller

units, as shown in Figure 2.3. These so called `mosaic

blocks' and are directly incorporated into a new fibre

morphology according to a model advanced by Peterlin

[Peterlin, 1973]. In general, the tie-molecules act to

produce ductile deformation. In brittle failure, the

analysis follows the above where the failure occurs over a

much longer period and at lower stress levels. However,

the stress needed to obtain fibre pull-out is not attained


due to lower stress levels. Therefore, it has been

suggested that the loading situation remains as in Figure

2.2b. Tie-molecules begin to untangle and relax over long

periods. After a critical period of time, most of the tie-

molecules are presumed to have untangled, leaving behind

only a few tie-molecules which cannot maintain the applied

stress where the material consequently fails in a brittle

manner. Lustiger and Markham [Lustiger and Markham, 1983]

have also concluded that materials containing few tie-

molecules are more vulnerable to brittle type failures. Other

Page 12
Chapter 2 Literature Review

T (b)
(a)

Figure 2.2 Tensile deformation applied to lamallae


[Lustiger and Markham, 1983].

t
"ý.

ý ..
ý(' 1_
f ýý
i

Figure 2.3 Incorporation of so called `mosaic blocks'


into new fibre morphology [Lustiger and
Markham, 19831.

Page 13
Chapter 2 Literature Review

structural parameters affecting tie-molecules are as


follows: -

(i) molecular weight - the longer the polymer chain, the

greater the number of tie-molecules and therefore the

greater the number of tie-molecule entanglements;


(ii) co-monomer content - small amounts of monomer tend to
inhibit crystallinity due to the formation of short
branches, therefore producing improved brittle fracture

resistance;
(iii) degree of crystallinity - the higher the

crystallinity content in a material, the fewer the

amorphous intercrystalline tie-molecules and hence

increased brittle behaviour;

(iv) lamallae orientation - orientation of lamallae

perpendicular to the tensile stress direction results in a


greater tendency for the interlamellar failure compared to

the situation where the lamallae are orientated parallel


to the applied stress direction.

2.4 DEGRADATION AND STABILISATION OF POLYETHYLENE

The oxidation of PE is a well-researched topic where both

photo and thermal oxidation can occur. On exposure to

sunlight most polymers can be degraded to some extent. The

process of degradation by light, natural or artificial is

called photo-oxidation [Grassie and Scott, 1985; Allen,


1983; Amin et al., 1975; Scott, 19811. For the purpose of

characterisation of butt fused welds, an understanding of


the thermal oxidation process is important. The mechanism
for oxidation of simple hydrocarbons was established many

years ago and it is now generally accepted that polyolefin

Page 14
Chapter 2 Literature Review

oxidation follows a quite similar pattern. The mechanism


involves an initiation step in which a hydrogen atom is

removed from a polymer molecule creating a free radical


R'. Propagation then follows in a series of reactions. The

first of these is a rapid reaction of R' with oxygen to


form a peroxy radical ROO'. This is then followed by the

rate controlling reaction, the abstraction of H from the

same or another polymer molecule by the ROO' radical.


Evidently each propagation step produces another polymer
radical R' which is essentially the same as the initiation

reaction. A comprehensive review of polyolefin oxidation


was given by Carlsson and Wiles [Carlsson and Wiles,

1986].

2.4.1 ADDITIVES

The additives normally present in water distribution pipes


include thermo-oxidative stabilisers, carbon black,

pigment and a UV stabiliser. Understandably, detailed


information of this nature is very seldom available to the

general public. However, the general information on the

nature of typical additives used in polyethylene


formations can be obtained from trade literature [BP,

19881 and standard text books [Brydson, 1982; Lutz, 19891.


Published trade literature for BP's Rigidex PE pipe
compounds and Solvay Eltex Tub 124 pipe extrusion
compounds have indicated that the following additives were
present [BP, 19881:

(i) ethylene homopolymer and copolymer;


(ii) other olefins and copolymers of ethyl acrylate and
vinyl acetate;

Page 15
Chapter 2 Literature Review

(iii) antioxidants;
(iv) lubricants;

(v) antistatic agents;


(vi) pigments;
(vii) W stablisers; and
(viii) carbon black.

Antioxidants such as 4 aminophenol N-stearate, 4,4-thiodi-

(6-terbutyl-m-cresol) and 1,1,3-tri-(5-terbutyl-4-hydroxy-

2-methylphenyl) butane of the order of 0.3% by mass are

added to water grade polyethylene pipe to provide

protection against degradation during processing. Ideally,

the antioxidant used should not show any tendency to

bloom, bleed and discolour [Ritchie, 1972].

Pipe materials in the UK are colour coded for the pressure

pipe application using the following codes: yellow for

gas, blue for potable water and black for sewers and

chemicals. It is widely reported that titanium dioxide and

ultramarine blue are the two main inorganic pigments used


in water grade polyethylene pipes.

2.5 EVALUATION OF THERMAL DEGRADATION

Many analytical techniques can be used to monitor the

thermal degradation of polymers. As a result of


irreversible chemical reactions, changes in the molecular

composition during degradation provide the means for

following this deterioration of the polymer. The

analytical techniques for monitoring oxidation can be

divided, into two main areas, namely spectroscopic and

thermal analysis.

Page 16
Chapter 2 Literature Review

The measurement of the carbonyl index using infra-red

spectroscopy is well known and widely used to study

thermo-oxidative degradation of polymers [Grassie and

Scott, 1985; Allen, 1983]. Many excellent treatments of

infra-red absorption theory exist and the text by Tadoharo

[Tadoharo, 1979] provides further details.

2.5.1 THERMAL ANALYSIS

Currently, thermal analysis is being used to measure the

stability of the polymer under processing conditions as

well as to evaluate the long-term degradation behaviour.

Differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) is a widely used

analytical tool in the study of polymers. The theoretical

aspects of the DSC are well chronicled and, its

quantitative capabilities have been established. The basic

technique involves heating an aluminium pan containing the

sample and an empty reference pan. The two pans are

maintained at the same temperature. By monitoring the

difference in energy input required to do this, it is

possible to observe both endothermic and exothermic


thermal events.

2.5.2 OXIDATION INDUCTION TIME - (OIT) TEST

The Water Industry Specification (WIS 4-32-03) has

specified an oxidation induction time test in order to

evaluate the oxidative thermal stability of water grade

polyethylene. This involves heating the sample to the


ti
desired temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere so that

oxidative degradation cannot occur. When the desired

temperature has been reached, oxygen is introduced to the

Page 17
Chapter 2 Literature Review

chamber. An exotherm is observed when the sample degrades.

The time taken for this exotherm to occur is called the

OIT. The specification requires a minimum OIT of 20

minutes for MDPE pipes [WRc standard]. Variations of this

test have been used as part of evaluation of both long and

short term stability in polyethylene and other polyolefins


[Allen et al., 1988; Kramer and Koppelmann, 1986]. In butt

fusion welding of pipes, the material in the heat affected

zone is subjected to elevated temperatures. It is possible

that this region will show a reduction in antioxidant

concentration. This issue has not received any significant

attention in the literature.

Kramer and Koppelmann [Kramer and Koppelmann, 19861


investigated the use of OIT to predict service lifetimes.

The predictions were based on extrapolating the OIT values


which were generated at high isothermal temperatures to
lower temperatures using an Arhenius relationship. This

can only be used as a guide since the work has been

contradicted by Howard and Gilroy [Howard and Gilroy,

1975] who found `knees' in the Arhenius plots. This

implied that there were differences in the apparent

activation energy for thermal decomposition at different

temperatures. Howard [Howard, 1972] discussed the issue of

predicting service lifetimes of a material from elevated


temperature tests. He concluded that the nearer the

temperature was to the actual service temperature, the


better the agreement to service lifetime predictions.
However, if the test is to be used to compare the relative
performance of materials, then an extrapolation to low

temperatures is not needed and the selection of a higher


temperature is valid.

Page 18
Chapter 2 Literature Review

The method of sample preparation, sample size and shape

are important parameters in conducting OIT experiments


[Marshall et al, 1973] Broutman et al. [Broutman et al.,
.
1986] carried out an OIT study on various grades of

polyethylene pipes. However, no details were given of

sample'size or shape.

2.5.3 CORRELATION OF OIT WITH ANTIOXIDANT CONCENTRATION

The measured OIT for a material is a representation of its

effective resistance to oxidation under the conditions of


the test. Allen et al. [Allen et al., 1989; 1990] carried

out the thermal oxidation of blue-water grade PE pipe via


DSC. They found that the oxidation of the pipe occurred

predominantly in the outer surface and to a lesser extent


in the bore, with little or no change in the middle
layers. Moore et al. [Moore et al., 1989] found that the

sample preparation technique strongly affected the OIT of


MDPE pipe. Samples obtained by drilling gave the lowest

and the most variable results, whereas, samples which were

obtained by sectioning gave the highest and most

consistent results. The OIT profile across a 45mm pipe

wall thickness was presented by Gebler [Gebler, 19891 and


is shown in Figure 2.4. From Figure 2.4, it can be seen
that the OIT value is dependent on the position of the

specimen in relation to the pipe wall. In addition to

this, the processing conditions were shown to affect the


OIT. The top curve represents a sample which was tested
immediately after extrusion and the bottom curve
represents the pipe which had been conditioned at 80°C for

3000 hours.

Page 19
Chapter 2 Literature Review

40

0 hr straight after extrusion


v
30
H

0
3000 hr, 80 °C
20

0
".-+ 10
4J
b
r4
0

Bore Surface

Figure 2.4 Illustration of the dependence of the OIT


as a function of pipe wall for a 45mm
thick pipe [Gebler, 19891.

OIT experiments were conducted by Bjork and Stenberg

(Bjork and Stenberg, 19851 on samples taken at different

depths from thick walled vulcanised natural rubber

cylinders. Materials with the antioxidant were compared

with materials with no antioxidants added. The samples

were aged for up to 1,150 hours in air at 100°C. The

antioxidant was found to delay the on-set of oxidation in

the centre of the material by up to 900 hours of ageing.

Oxidative induction times have been used to study the

Page 20
Chapter 2 Literature Review

stability of polyethylene and polypropylene in raw

material form and on a wire by Marshall et al. (Marshall

et al., 1973). Two stabilising additives were mixed with

low density polyethylene over the range from 0 to 0.20%.

The oxidative stability of the LDPE matrix was increased

by 8-fold at the 0.10% level. They also demonstrated that

the OIT was a linear function of the antioxidant

concentration.

2.6 BUTT FUSION WELDING

Butt fusion welding has been developed over the past fifty

years [Becker and Streese, 1969] with a great deal of the

early work being carried out in Germany during the Second

World War on polyvinylchloride (PVC) fabrication [Neumann

and Bockhoff, 1959]. It is one of the most common plastic

welding methods and is also known as a mirror, hot-plate

or butt fusion welding when used for joining pipes


[Lamond, 1995]. Polyethylene pipeline systems are being

extensively used in Europe by the Gas, Water and Chemical

Industries. Plastic pipeline systems are also utilised

extensively in North America, Japan and in a number of


developing countries in the Far East. Therefore there is a

need to understand factors which can influence the


integrity of butt fused welds.

Butt fusion welding has a number of advantages over other


joining methods and requires relatively simple equipment.
It is the most suitable process for joining large diameter

pipes where the welds usually have strengths approaching


that of the parent material [Grimm, 1990; Atkinson and
Ward, 19891. The major disadvantage of the process is the

Page 21
Chapter 2 Literature Review

time required for each cycle. Weld times range from 10 to

20 seconds for small items and as much as one hour for 600

mm diameter pipe with wall thickness of 40 mm [Tirumalai

and Lee, 1990]. The length of time at this stage can be

minimised by automation of the process which also aids the

elimination of human error and gives greater consistency


in the quality of joints produced. Optimisation of the

parameters used are difficult as the process has been

shown to be highly tolerant of abuse [Maine and Stafford,

1988; Marshall et al., 1988; Wolters and Venema., 1982].

Butt fusion welding processes for pipe-to-pipe joining, '

procedures and equipment have evolved through many years

of experience supported by proof testing to establish that

a given process results in good joint strength and


durability. However, these developments were empirical in

nature and meant that a detailed understanding of the

microstructure of butt fusion welds has not been addressed


in any great detail [Benkreia et al., 1991]. With the

current trend towards mechanisation of the process and the

use of automatic equipment, greater control of the welding

process is possible, placing less dependence on skilled

operators and allowing more consistent results to be

achieved [Dib et al., 1992].

2.6.1 THE BUTT FUSION WELDING PROCESS

In essence, butt fusion welding is comparatively simple.


The parts to be joined are held against a hot plate to

provide the molten material, the plate is withdrawn and

the two faces are then pressed together under pressure to

Page 22
Chapter 2 Literature Review

ro
a
0.2

0.1

Q) 0.0

U 200
0
150
Q3

100
W
50
H
0
::
II

'I

3
I
c2
C)
E Ti
C) Heating
U
T2 Bead-up
-1 T3
a Plate Removal
N
-4 T4 Weld time
O

0 4 10
T2 T3 T4

I'IME

Figure 2.5 Various welding parameters plotted against


time [Wolters and Venema, 1982]

Page 23
Chapter 2 Literature Review

form a weld [Potente et al., 1988; Barton and Cherry,

1980; Watson2,1990]
.

The WIS 4-32-03 [WIS standard] specifies a "dummy" joint

to be made first. This is to remove contamination from the

heater plate. Maine and Stafford [Maine and Stafford,

1988] also recommend the making of a dummy joint. The butt

fusion process for joining pipes is shown in Figure 3.3

(section 3.2.2, pages 59-60). The effect of temperature,

pressure and displacement with time during welding of

components is shown schematically in Figure 2.5. This

figure shows the relationship between pressure and

temperature with the associated displacement as a function

of time. With reference to the time axis, the overall

heating time T1 + T2 corresponds to the heating and bead

up time. The plate removal time is indicated as T3 and the

joining and cooling time is coded T4. Critical aspects of

the butt fusion process are the melt temperature and the

melt volume. These parameters, in turn, depend on the

heater plate temperature and the heat soak time [Bucknall

et al., 1980; Harris, 1966; Barber and Atkinson, 1972;

1974; Atkinson and DeCourcy, 1981; Pimputkar, 1989;

DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977]. Welding pressure [Barton and

Cherry, 1980; Barber and Atkinson, 1972; 1974; Atkinson

and DeCourcy, 1981; Potente and Tappe, 1988] and proper

alignment of the components also have an influence on the

joint strength. Weaknesses in the weld may arise due to

any one or combinations of the following:

(i) incomplete adhesion may be due to insufficient

heating, the welding temperature being too low due to

cooling, the heating time being too short or insufficient

Page 24
Chapter 2 Literature Review

pressure [Bucknall et al, 1980; Atkinson and DeCourcy,

1981; Pimputkar, 1989];

(ii) void formation may be due to entrapment of air,

evolved degradation products as a result of excessive

heating, heater plate and pipe-face contamination by dust

and grease, too high a heater plate temperature and

thermal contraction of the material on cooling [Atkinson

and DeCourcy, 1981; Ziatsev, 1972; Ziatsev and Bukin,

1973] ;
(iii) narrow or thin welds may be due to excessive welding

pressure [Atkinson and DeCourcy, 1981; ];

(iv) axial misalignment of the weld [Parrnar, 19861; and


(v) pipe movement during the cooling phase of the butt
fusion process.

2.6.2 THEORY OF BUTT FUSION WELDING

There are a number of theories that attempt to explain


adhesion or autoadhesion of polymers:

(i) diffusion theory - assumes thatýthe molecules or chain


segments diffuse into each other. The diffusion theory is

applicable if the following conditions are fulfilled:


(a) the polymers must be mutually soluble and
(b) the macromolecules must have sufficient mobility.

(ii) viscoelastic contact theory is based on the fact


-
that the surfaces of the parts to be joined are brought so
close to each other that Van der Waals forces, such as
dipolar, induction, dispersion or hydrogen bridge bonds

come into effect.

Page 25
Chapter 2 Literature Review

(iii) adhesion theory - an energy input is needed to

increase the surface of a weld isothermally which can be

related to surface tension. When two surfaces are brought

into contact with one another, a contact surface energy is

produced. Maximum adhesion is obtained when the specific

contact surface energy (surface tension) is zero, that is

when the materials are identical.

(iv) flow process theory - assumes that during the joining

process the welding temperature creates flow fields, i. e.


flow movements [Potente and de Zeeuw, 1979] As a result,
.
the thermal displacement processes are superposed by

mechanical displacements which can become so intense that

mixing occurs in the joining zone. These processes are


said to be faster than diffusing or viscoelastic contact
processes.

Potente [Potente, 1977] considered the diffusion theory


[Voyutskii, 1963; Kinloch, 1987] and viscoelastic contact
theory [Anandu and Karam, 1969; Anandu and Dipzinski,
1970] to explain the adhesion of polymers. He suggested
that both of these mechanisms occur concurrently during

the butt fusion welding. Brinken, (Brinken, 19823 like

Potente, [Potente, 1977] reviewed the diffusion theory


[Voyutskii, 1963; Kinloch, 1987] and viscoelastic contact
theory [Anandu and Karam, 1969; Anandu and Dipzinski,
1970] and in addition considered two other theories:

adhesion (Kaelble, 1971] and flow process theory [Potente,

1977]. He established a set of criteria for the

compatibility of various polyethylene resins. Brinken


[Brinken, 1982] stated that for the butt fusion joining of

pipes, it was necessary for the melt flow indices (MFI) of

Page 26
Chapter 2 Literature Review

the polymers concerned to be similar. Materials with a

difference in MFI value could be joined by using two

independent heated hot-plates. Both the plate temperatures

and contact times can be controlled to match the degree of

melting of both materials [Grimm, 1990; Potente and


Gabler, 1986]. Malguarnera and Earles [Malguarnera and
Earles, 1982] also favoured the diffusion theory. They

believed that the strength of the joint was due to

diffusion of molecular segments from one pipe to the

other. Wool et al. [Wool et al., 1989] agreed that both

viscoelastic flow and diffusion occur to some extent


during welding. They stated that when two molten polymer

surfaces are brought into contact, wetting or molecular

contact resulted in Van der Waals attraction followed by

interdiffusion of chain segments across the interface

[Yuan and Wool, 1990].

Dodin [Dodin, 1981] in considering autohesion, suggested


that molecular contact was required and that it was

necessary to remove the contact surfaces to achieve good


bonding. This may be achieved by heating the polymer to a

viscous state and then physically causing chain


interdiffusion by applying pressure [Grimm, 1990].

Grandclement [Grandclement, 1989] whilst considering

electrofusion joining suggested that the extent of

molecular diffusion increases with an increase in joining

temperature or heating time. Maine and Stafford [Maine and


Stafford, 1985] also stated that polymer diffusion and

molecular mixing occur readily in the molten state.

Page 27
Chapter 2 Literature Review

The dependence of molecular mobility on joining

temperature can also be influenced by the molecular

weight. Stokes and Hobbs [Stokes and Hobbs, 1989] noted


that the molecular weight affected the diffusion and hence

the joint strength. They found that higher molecular


weight materials required longer heating times and higher

temperatures for diffusion to occur. Watson [Watson',

1988] and Dodin [Dodin, 1981] considered the molecular

weight and the temperature effects and stated that as the

viscosity of the polymer decreases the molecular diffusion

could occur more readily. Dodin [Dodin, 1981] suggested


that autohesion occurred at the joint interface to a depth

of between 0.1 and 1µm.

Similar effects were observed by Potente and de 'Zeeuw


[Potente and de Zeeuw, 19791 and Neubert and Mack [Neubert

and Mack, 1973]. They found the weld quality to depend


largely on the relative flow of molten material displaced
from the weld as the two parts are pushed together. This

shearing motion generates intermixing and also helps to

push contamination away from the centre of the weld. Much

of the research was concerned with producing a perfect


joint interface indistinguishable from the parent
material. However, Maine and Stafford [Maine and Stafford,
1985] have observed that even in a good welded joint, an
interface between the various components can be

distinguished.

2.6.3 MICROSTRUCTURE OF PLASTIC WELDS.

Microstructural studies on butt fusion welds have been

carried out by a number of researchers [Bucknall et al.,

Page 28
Chapter 2 Literature Review

1980; Barton and Cherry, 1980; Barber and Atkinson, 1972;

1974; Atkinson and DeCourcy, 1981; DeCourcy and Atkinson,

1977; Potente and Tappe, 1985; Menges and Zohren, 1967].

Menges and Zohren [Menges and Zohren, 1967] used

transmitted polarised light microscopy and identified four

zones in polyethylene welds, see Figure 2.6a. They stated

that the different zones were due to temperature effects.

Barber and Atkinson [Barber and Atkinson, 1972; 1974; ],

Atkinson and DeCourcy and DeCourcy and Atkinson [Atkinson

and DeCourcy, 1981; DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977] observed

the microstructural features in microtomed sections of

polyethylene welds using transmission optical microscopy

and scanning electron microscopy. The microstructures were

explained on the basis of temperature gradients in the

region of the welds and the flow of the molten material


during welding. The etched surfaces of the weld exhibited
five different zones and are illustrated in Figure 2.6b.

The five weld zones were identified because of


differential attack by the chromic acid. The differential

attack was explained in terms of the amorphous or the low

molecular weight fraction being attacked first leaving the

crystalline material behind [Barber and Atkinson, 1972;

1974]. They suggested that there were columnar structures


in zone 3. They also proposed that long term weakness

could result because of the columnar structure which

caused separation at the boundaries. However, the later

work of DeCourcy and Atkinson [DeCourcy and Atkinson,

1977] suggested that zone 3 represented an area of

molecular orientation in the welds and it was this fact

that determines the extent of the etching in chromic acid

rather than any differences in crystal structure. The

Page 29
Chapter 2 Literature Review

3 Hottest Material
4 Boundary
2 Cooler Material Nucleation
i1
li Reminant of Skin 2 Spherulitic,
Slightly Elongated
4 Boundary Layer 1 Reminant
of Skin

3 Columnar
1
Surface Cooling
5 Spherulitic

Figure 2.6 A schematic illustration of the five zones


in PE welds (Atkinson and DeCourcy, 1981)

latest view according to Atkinson and DeCourcy [Atkinson

and DeCourcy, 19811 is that a butt fusion weld with its


inevitable molecular orientation would be more susceptible
to cracking due to external loading or environment effects
than the rest of the pipe. Barton and Cherry [Barton and

Cherry, 1980] applied the same techniques as Barber and

Atkinson [Barber and Atkinson, 1972; 1974] to study the

morphological features of butt welds in polyethylene

pipes. They also considered alternative etching methods

and found etching in toluene vapour for 15 seconds to

support the observation made under the chromic acid etch.

Page 30
Chapter 2 Literature Review

In their opinion, the degree of attack by the etchant

depended on the angle the flow lines made with the

boundary. The degree of the flow of the melt was detected

in the microtomed section of the weld taken between

crossed polarisers. They suggested that the contrast


between the weld and the melt affected zone (MAZ) was due

to the difference in orientation of the material. Folkes

et al. [Folkes et al., 1991] also found the presence of


flow lines in polyethylene welds. They found the molecular

orientation close to the weld was not parallel to the weld


line but at ± 450 suggesting that shearing flow had

occurred. Stevens [Stevens, 1993] found the crystalline

phase in polypropylene to be more easily orientated by the

welding process than the amorphous phase. The orientation


direction 'changed from along the axis of the pipe to the
flow direction of the welds made under the manufacturer's
recommended conditions. With the non-optimum conditions,
less orientation occurred and at the weld centreline the

orientation was the same as in the pipe. DSC was used to


determine the crystal structure in the welds to provide
information on the spherulite size/maximum lamellar

thickness, spherulitic size distribution and the

distribution of lamellar thickness [Stevens, 1996].

Bukin [Bukin, 1972] also observed orientation in the weld


zone by viewing microtomed sections using polarised light

microscopy. He found that the changes in direction of

orientation of material at the boundary of the MAZ between

the parent material and that within the weld was between

600_700. This was also said to give rise to

microstructural changes in the weld region. The

spherulites in the weld were elongated and orientated

Page 31
Chapter 2 Literature Review

perpendicular to the parent material. Bukin also observed

a region of partially molten spherulites at the MAZ

boundary. These differences were attributed to variations


in the cooling rate across the weld as it was formed. Low

et al. [Low et al., 1978] investigated the microstructure

and mechanical properties of compression moulded HDPE

plaques and found that the difference in microstructure


from edge to centre was related to the difference in the

cooling rate. The slow cooled specimens gave the

characteristic fracture surface associated with brittle

failure. A similar type of behaviour was also observed in

injection moulded specimens of HDPE when the mould


temperature was varied from 35°C to 80°C. Tensile tests

showed the elongation to failure of the specimens prepared


with mould temperatures of 35°C and 80°C to be 184% and
79% respectively. Both types of specimen necked and the
fracture surfaces were similar except for the fact that
the specimens moulded at 80°C always started to fail in

the central region. When the microstructure was studied,


it was found that the central region did not show banes

structure [Low et al., 1978]. The differences in

mechanical properties were attributed to the effect of the

moulding temperatures on the resulting microstructures.


Gehde et al. [Gehde et al., 1992] have also identified a
recrystallised MAZ separated from the parent material by a
region of deformed spherulites for polypropylene samples.
They investigated the deformation modes of the weld using
a micro-tensile test and found a number of preferential
deformation sites in and at the vicinity of the joint.

Egen [Egen, 1987] has also identified a number of


morphologies as a function of the welding conditions used.
In an investigation on polypropylene, Kamenova et al.

Page 32
Chapter 2 Literature Review

[Kamenova et al., 19881 used micro-hardness measurements


to establish the existence of a MAZ in a parent material

next to the weld. This region was found to have a low

strength due to a localised overheating and also exhibited


low hardness values. Stevens [Stevens, 1995] studied the

morphological features of butt welds in polypropylene


pipes and found deformed spherulites separated the weld
from the adjacent parent material. However, in vibration
welding, the weld was featureless and there was a sharp
transition between the weld and the parent material.
Parmar and Bowman [Parmar and Bowman, 1989] found that the

microstructure had little influence on the crack

propagation path within the weld. During mechanical


testing, the samples failed in this region. Nieh and Lee
[Nieh and Lee, 1993] found three zones around the weldline
in polypropylene which they define as stressless
recrystallisation area, columnar area and the slightly
deformed area. The size of the MAZ under different heating

conditions was established. The presence of voids in the


joint interface was attributed to a high heating
temperature and prolonged heating time.

Stevens [Stevens, 1988] and Watson [Watson', 1990] used


Fourier Transform Infra-Red spectroscopy to analyse and
quantify the variations in weld crystallinity due to the
thermal history of the welding cycle. They found'a change
in crystallinity across the pipe walls. The crystallinity
within the weld zone was fairly constant but was found to
be lower at the centre of the weld.

It is difficult to conclude from the review the


of
literature, the ideal microstructure necessary for a good

UNIVERSITY
BRUNEL LIBRARY 33
Page
Chapter 2 Literature Review

weld. This is because a number of contradicting factors

have been stated by different authors as the parameter(s)

that would yield a good butt joint. The shear zone has

been identified by a majority of researchers as the

microstructural feature. that has a significant influence

on the mechanical properties of butt-fused joints. It is

also apparent from the literature that attention needs to


be given to the test method and test geometries that are

used to evaluate the mechanical properties of butt-fused


joints.

2.6.3.1 SPECIMEN PREPARATION

There is little published information on techniques for

microtoming MDPE and HDPE pipe sections. Most of the


literature in the public domain deals with techniques for

obtaining small thin sections of biological and polymeric


samples. Good quality microtome sections are necessary if

microstructural information on the pipe and weld zones are


required. The quality of the microtome sections depend to

a large extent on the quality of the microtome knife. Day

and Gitos [Day and Gitos, 19871 recommend samples of 8-10

µm and the cutting of these may be aided by cutting at low

temperatures, for example -30°C.. The presence of


scratches, chatter, compression and holes are some of the

problems that occur with microtoming. Scratches are the

result of an uneven knife edge whereas chatter arises from


fine periodic variations in thickness within a section
resulting from friction between the knife and the specimen
block.

Page 34
Chapter 2 Literature Review

2.6.4 FACTORS INFLUENCING BUTT FUSION WELDING

The weld is usually the weakest point in any fabricated

system and is often the site of brittle fracture in

stressed applications (Bucknall et al., 19801.

Consequently a knowledge of factors which have an


influence on the joint strength is useful in trying to

obtain the optimum conditions for joining. With these aims


in mind a number of researchers have carried out work on

the analysis of the joining process.

DeCourcy and Atkinson [DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977]

carried out work on polyethylene pipes and found that

insufficient heating produced weld fractures which were


brittle in nature. Welds obtained with excess heating had

entrapped gas and foreign bodies in the weld zone, thus

reducing weld integrity and strength. A maximum weld

strength was obtained with intermediate heating time.

Watson and Murch [Watson and Murch, 1989] studied the

effect of welding temperature on polypropylene, high

impact polystyrene and polyphenylene oxide. They found the

strength to be dependent on the welding temperature.

The importance of both heater plate temperature and the


heat-soak time was reported by Haworth et al. [Haworth et

al., 1988]. Combinations of low temperatures and short


heating times gave weak welds whilst higher temperatures

and long heating times gave rise to degradation and


interfacial voids. Pimputkar [Pimputkar, 19891 outlined a
joining parameter by linking bead volume, wall thickness

and the volume of melt. This highlighted the fact that low

temperatures gave rise to welds with lower strengths.

Page 35
Chapter 2 Literature Review

In order to demonstrate the effects of welding conditions


on the melt flow zone, Bucknall et al. (Bucknall et al.,

1980] used specimens of different colours to illustrate

the flow path of the material. They discovered that at a


low displacement, the amount of flow was small, trapped

air remained in the weld and the weld bead was small. At

the highest displacement the maximum flow had occurred and


the weld bead was large. The maximum strengths were

achieved with intermediate pressures or displacements

which were sufficient to expel trapped air yet left a band


of molten material to form the joint. Watson [Watson,

19881 and 2] found that limited


only relatively amounts of
flow actually occurred within the weld in the range of

pressures examined. This was found to be dependent upon


temperature rather than on pressure or displacement. This

seems somewhat odd since the flow of the molten material


during the welding operation depends on the pressure.
Watson [Watson2,1988] found that higher temperatures

produced larger weld beads. In most joints, the material


at the edges was found to be pushed out to form the weld
bead with the original interface being stretched in the

process. In most joints the material at the centre of the

weld was said to remain undisturbed with the material at


the edges being pushed to form the weld bead. The
temperature dependence of this process showed that melt
viscosity played a large part in determining the geometry
of the weld bead. According to Watson (Watson 3,1990] the
temperature at which the two halves of the joint are
brought together must be above the crystallisation
temperature (120°C for PE) for sound welds with good
mechanical properties to be obtained. As long as this

Page 36
Chapter 2 Literature Review

requirement is met then variations in the welding

parameter were said to have little effect.

Weld pressure also has a marked effect on the strength of

welds [Barber and Atkinson, 1972; 1974; Potente and Tappe,

1985]. Voyutskii [Voyutskii, 1963] considered the effects

of the welding pressure and welding time on the joint

strength. He found that increasing pressure increased the

joint strength up to a maximum value. Above this value no

gain in strength was apparent. It was also found that at


lower temperatures, the pressure had little influence on

the weld strength, but at higher temperatures, increases

in strength occurred more readily with increased pressure.


As the weld time was increased, a rise in joint strength

to an upper limit was observed until at excessive hold

times the material began to degrade. This was attributed


to molecular diffusion between the two components being

time-dependent. DeCourcy and Atkinson [DeCourcy and


Atkinson, 1977] also reported a sharp drop in joint

strength at low welding pressures. This was viewed as an


indication that insufficient contact of the joint faces

had occurred during welding. The effects of welding

parameters on the butt welds were investigated by Lin and


Benator [Lin and Benator, 1993]. Increasing the heating

time increased the weld strength and the heating

displacement. This was attributed to an increase in the

thickness of the molten layer. Increasing the bead-up

pressure decreased the weld strength due to squeezing of


the molten polymer thereby decreasing the thickness of the

molten layer which resulted in weaker welds. Increasing

the plate removal time decreased both the weld strength

and welding displacement. This was explained on the basis

Page 37
Chapter 2 Literature Review

that during the plate removal time, the molten polymer was

cooled due to conduction to cooler portions of the sample

and convective losses to the air. Increasing the heating

time increased weld strength and increasing the welding

pressure decreased the weld strength. Longer joining times

enabled the weld to cool and resolidfy under pressure


thereby increasing the strength. Higher joint pressure
resulted in the molten polymer being squeezed out as well
as adverse molecular orientation.

On a more microscopic level, Davey [Davey, 1988]


investigated the effect of weld-line defects on the

resistance to fracture. Chalk was used on the heater plate


to provide a controlled degree of contamination. It was
found that even relatively small amounts of contamination
caused a rapid deterioration in the fracture performance
of the joint. The predominant failure mode under impact
loading was brittle fracture across the weld. Watson
[Watson2,1988] proposed that because only relatively
little flow of molten polymer actually occurred in the
weld zone, any contaminants in the centre of the weld, may
not be expelled from the weld zone as the bead is formed
thus leaving an inherent weakness in the joint.

Barker et al. [Barker et al., 1983] have shown the


presence of large inclusions in the pipe wall to have a
detrimental effect on the pipe performance. A number of
likely sources for these inclusions were speculated upon,
including catalyst residue, materials handling and
contaminants from processing. The study of the influence

of defects on the mechanical. properties of butt fusion

welds in MDPE was carried out by Girardi [Girardi, 1992]


.

Page 38
Chapter 2 Literature Review

Various test geometries with known defects, were evaluated

and compared to the British Gas Standard [BG standard) for


butt fusion welds. It was concluded that small defects

were more significant as the pipe wall thickness

increased. At pipe wall thicknesses corresponding to

greater than 25mm, defects less than 1mm in diameter were


seen to result in brittle behaviour. Lu et al. [Lu et al.,
19921 investigated the effect of welding pressure and
surface contaminants on butt fused joints via slow crack
growth resistance tests. Contaminants such as Vaseline,

graphite and Teflon were coated on the surface and weld


pressures of 1.61 and 0.31 MPa employed. It was found that

welds produced with the high pressure resulted in better

slow crack growth resistance. At high weld pressure, the


samples which were contaminated with Vaseline and graphite
showed a negligible effect on weld quality. Teflon was
found to reduce the lifetime significantly especially at
low weld pressure. This was attributed to insufficient

melt movement. Sufficient weld pressure was said to be


required in order to squeeze out the thin "skin layer"
that occurred at the weld interface, along with any
contaminants.

DeCourcy and Atkinson [DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977] noted


that melt flow rate (MFR) itself had an influence on the
welding characteristics. As the MFR decreased, the optimum
welding temperature and the lower limit of the welding
temperature were said to be raised. This has the effect of
decreasing the range of temperatures over which the
material can be welded. In effect this means that
materials with high MFR require less rigorous control of
the welding parameters as they are more tolerant to the

Page 39
Chapter 2 Literature Review

welding conditions used. McGreevy [McGreevy, 1995]

investigated the effect of melt index and density on the

weld strength of HDPE. He found the weld strength to be

less for higher melt flow index materials. The density of

the polymer was also found to affect the weld strength.


For constant melt index, increasing the polymer density

resulted in a higher percentage of tensile failures. For

polymers with melt flow index values in the range and

densities of 935,952 and 963 kgm-3, the percentage

tensile failures rose with increasing density ranging from

20% to 40% to 100%. This was explained on the basis that

higher density polymers had a greater proportion of

crystalline region in their structure. Furthermore, in the

highly crystalline materials the melting temperature

region is narrower than for polymers of lower

crystallinity. In welding, the MAZ was found to be thinner

for HDPE materials than those of lower density. This led

to more brittle welds and as a result the weld strength

was lower for high density' materials.

2.6.5 TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION WITHIN THE WELD

Due to the difficulties involved in measuring temperatures


in or close to the weld region, relatively little work has

been reported on the temperature distribution within the

weld zone. Shillitoe and Wood [Shillitoe, 1991; Wood,

'1993] carried out work in this area to validate


theoretical models. Wolters and Venema [Wolters and
Venema, 1982] used small thermocouples placed around the

pipe wall to record temperature variations throughout the

welding cycle. They found that during the heating phase,

the temperature did not reflect the heater plate

Page 40
Chapter 2 Literature Review

temperature. Furthermore during the change-over, as the

heater plate was removed, the temperature in the melt

dropped by about 109116. When the pipe ends were butted

together and pressure applied, the initial temperature

drop was found to be approximately 120°C within 20

seconds. After this, the cooling was seen to be much

slower throughout the remainder of the welding period. The

temperature within the weld was 60°C after 13 minutes.

This rapid initial cooling was also observed by Watson

[Watson2,1988] who notes that the initial rate of cooling

as material is pushed out to form the weld bead is much

faster than if the melted pipe ends were allowed to cool

in air, hence the welding process is even reasonably

tolerent of extended heater plate removal times.

2.6.6 BUTT FUSION %1ELDIlIGOF DISSIMILAR GRADESOF POLYETHYLENE

DeCourcy and Atkinson [DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977], and


El Barbari et al. [El Barbari et al., 1986] looked into

the welding of dissimilar grades of PE due to the


increasing usage of polyethylene in pipe systems. The main

emphasis was for repairing and joining pipes of different

resin grades. Four polyethylene resins were used, each

requiring similar welding pressures. Only the temperature

and time needed to make the weld were the variables.


Welding was carried out by using conditions which were

appropriate to the material with the lower MFI. This meant


that-the higher MFI pipe was in effect, being joined at a
higher temperature than normal. Weld quality was assessed

using tensile tests and failure was observed to occur in

the higher MFI component and not in the weld zone. This

indicated that by balancing the parameters of pressure,

Page 41
Chapter 2 Literature Review

temperature and time, welds could be produced between

dissimilar grades of polyethylene. They concluded that

joints could be made where the weld was at least as strong

as the parent material [DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977].

Stokes [Stokes, 19931 used a dual platen machine in which

different hot-plate temperatures were used for obtaining

high strength in welds between dissimilar materials. In

addition to the hot-plate temperature, the weld strength

was found to depend on the heat-soak time.

Gabler and Potente [Gabler and Potente, 1980] used a

selection of six materials to make welds between amorphous

and semi-crystalline materials. They used two

independently controlled heated plates to control the

temperature and heat-soak time. Welds were produced and


tensile tests were used to compare the welding factors

(this is discussed in section 2.6.8.1) in comparison to

the weaker partner. Some successful welds were produced


but many fractured on cooling indicating that the material

properties had a large influence on weldability. Various

factor were considered which could have an influence on

the weldability. However, a more positive correlation was


found with thermal expansion. They concluded that, ideally

the coefficient of thermal expansion of the two materials

should be similar to obtain the strongest joints.

2.6.7 BUTT FUSION WELD QUALITY AND TESTING

The most frequently used method for checking a weld is a

visual inspection. Although this is very simple and

subjective, the shape and size of the weld bead can give a

good indication of some parameters relating to joint

Page 42
Chapter 2 Literature Review

quality [Maine and Stafford, 1988; Barber and Atkinson,

1972; Potente, 1977; Barton and Cherry, 1983; Yeh, 19961.

With reference to visual inspection, the weld bead should

be relatively uniform and symmetrical around the

circumference of the pipe. Unevenness in the bead

dimensions is usually caused by poor joint preparation.

Visual inspection is limited to detecting welds which show

surface defects, insufficient melting, discoloured

material due to overheating, surface cracks and flaws due

to contamination or mechanical damage.

Two of the most important non-destructive testing methods

for polyethylene butt fusion welds are x-ray radiography

and ultrasonic testing. Both of these techniques have been

used with a varying degree of success (Maine and Stafford,

1988; Venema and Wolters, 1991; Yeh, 1966]. Radiography

only shows major contamination and voids while ultrasonic


inspection proves very difficult to interpret. Ultrasonic

tests are also difficult to apply in a practical manner


due to the attenuation characteristic of the polymer
involved.

2.6.8 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

In order to assess the weld quality, routine quality

control and/or the suitability of the joining method, a


test method is required which gives good differentiation

between good and poor welds. Due to the long servihe life

of a pipe and the pipelines, lifetime testing of a

completed weld is a very lengthy process [Menges et al.,

1987]. Short term tests are therefore advantageous for

establishing weld quality. These tests should, first,

Page 43
Chapter 2 Literature Review

relate to long term lifetime tests and secondly, be able

to differentiate between welds of high and low quality

[Diedrich and Kempe, 1980; Hessel and John, 1984].

2.6.8.1 TENSILE TESTING

The tensile test is a popular test applied to the routine

evaluation of the welds. In the case of the butt welded

pipe, longitudinal samples are taken from the welded

region such that the weld-line lies in the middle of the

test specimens. The usual procedure is to carry out a

tensile test with the weld bead removed. A welding factor,

(f) defined by the equation is then reported [Barber and


Atkinson, 1972; 1974]:

f= yield strength of welded material (2.1)


yield strength of parent material

DeCourcy and Atkinson [DeCourcy and Atkinson 19771] used


tensile bars machined from the pipe to assess the weld

quality. The results, reported in terms of welding


factors, showed little changes in (f) within the welding

condition ranges examined. The highest variation in the

welding factor was found to be between 0.89-0.95 for the

welding temperature variations between 150°C to 250°C. For

the other grades of polyethylene tested, (f) was found to

be between 0.98-1.00 and 0.96-0.98 when the welding

temperature was varied in the similar range. With debeaded

specimens, they found that the good quality welds gave

elongations of over 500%. Malguarnera and Earles


[Malguarnera and Earles, 1982] reported the results in

terms of yield stress. A significant reduction in the

Page 44
Chapter 2 Literature Review

yield stress for the butt welded specimen was apparent

under the following conditions: (i) very low welding

temperature (204°C) and high welding temperature (370°C);

(ii) low heating time (5 seconds); (iii) low heating

(3.5MNm 2) and (iv) low fusion (14MNm 2)


pressure pressure .
Hale [Hale, 1990] recommended the use of a dumb-bell test-

piece with the weld being located at the centre of the

wasted section. The Water Research centre (WRc) and

British Gas use a test specimen that has been adopted for

welded joints, see Figure 2.7. As shown in Figure 2.7,

small circular ended side notches ensure that the

deformation starts in the weld. However, as deformation

continues, parent material tends to be pulled out from one

side of the weld and the weld itself does not deform

[Hale, 19901. Furthermore since a gauge length can not be

defined, it is difficult to measure elongation accurately.

Hale also recommended that the beads should be removed

prior to testing. This was said to eliminate effects

arising from changes in the size of the weld reinforcement

and in removing the stress concentration in the vicinity

of the bead and the parent material.

Watson [Watson2,1988] recorded high elongation values for

WRc type specimens having circular side notches with the

weld bead retained. These value were only half of that

achieved by the parent material due to the fact that the

specimen yielded and failed only on one side of the weld.

The weld strengths were found to be similar to that of the

parent material and failures were ductile with fracture

being initiated at the weld bead. Wolters and Venema

[Wolters and Venema, 1982] used tensile tests to

differentiate between various welding conditions. They

Page 45
Chapter 2 Literature Review

Weld line

10/

16 215 16 75mm
ý
10

160mm

Figure 2.7 WRc's butt fused test piece for tensile


testing [Hale, 19901.

found in all tests, yielding started away from the weld.

The weld strength was greater than that of the parent

material with failure occurring away from the weld.

However, some researchers [Wolters and Venema, 1982;

Greig, 1977] prefer not to use the tensile test for

assessing the optimum welding conditions for butt welds.

This is because the results obtained using the test method

vary only slightly as exemplified by the work of Barber

and Atkinson, and DeCourcy and Atkinson [Barber and

Atkinson, 1972; 1974; DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977] and

Malguarnera and Earles [Malguarnera and Earles, 1982]. The

welding factor method overestimates the weld strength (f

of 0.95 1.00) and it only detects a very bad weld (butt


-

welds made under poor/extreme conditions). Table 2.1 gives

a summary of preferred tensile test geometry for testing

welds by various researchers.

Page 46
Chapter 2 Literature Review

Menges et al. [Menges et al., 1987] found the degree of


differentiation in tensile tests can be increased by

lowering the test temperature or by increasing the speed

of the test. Potente and Tappe [Potente and Tappe, 1988]

temperature °C to the
used a of -30 evaluate strength of
the fused joint.

Narisawa and Nishimura [Narisawa and Nishimura, 1993]

conducted tensile and impact tests on butt fusion pipes to

evaluate the short-term performance of the joints. The


joint strength of high molecular weight MDPE pipe was
greatly reduced. The joint strength was found to be

related to the heating conditions. The impact strength


decreased when the heating temperature was below 170°C

and/or the heating time was less than 30 seconds, and/or


the applied pressure exceeded a certain value.

According to Hale [Hale, 19901 the notch location is of


prime consideration when performing impact tests on
plastic welds. With large weld beads, it becomes
increasingly difficult to locate the central line of the

weld. However, when the weld regions are very small, the

notch necessary for impact testing extends outside the

weld area and thus the measured energy will not be

representative of the weld properties. It is therefore

recommended [Hale, 1990] that the weld bead be removed. It

was also recommended that the notch root tip radius be

sharper than 0.25mm and that the fractured specimens be

viewed under a microscope to obtain the maximum amount of


information on the failure.

Page 47
Chapter 2 Literature Review

According to Pimputkar [Pimputkar, 1989], the impact tests

relate to joining conditions more closely than tensile

test methods. Instrumented falling weight impact testing

was carried out by McGrath [McGrath, 1991] to assess the

weld quality. He found that the weld centre-line was


inherently weak compared with the surrounding parent
material.

Tensile Test References

Geometry

Dumb-bell Barber and Atkinson, 1972; Atkinson and DeCourcy,

specimen 1981; DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977; Low et al.,


1978; Hawarth et al., 1988; Hale, 1990; Nariswa

and Nishimura, 1993

WRc specimen DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977; Potente and Tappe,

1985; Watsonl and 2j 1988; Girardi, 1992; El


Barbari, 1986; Hale, 1990

Table 2.1 List of preferred tensile test geometry


for testing welds by various researchers.

A new method of analysis was developed independently by


Williams (Williams, 1984] and Ward (Ward, 1983] using a
linear elastic fracture mechanics (LEFM) approach.
Bucknall et al. [Bucknall et al., 1980] combined LEFM and
tensile tests by using a razor-notched tensile specimen
for welded samples. They were able to distinguish between
low weld strengths caused by weld defects and those due to

weaknesses of the material associated with orientation.

Page 48
Chapter 2 Literature Review

Marshall [Marshall, 1991] has tested a series of notched


impact specimens made according to WRc 4-32-03 [WIS

standard]. Samples were cut from a 12mm compression

moulded sheet of polyethylene Rigidex 002-50 PE resin

welded under standard conditions. The critical strain


energy release rate-Gc values showed very little change in
behaviour as compared with the parent material. However,

some test samples gave much lower G, values and these were
attributed to the fact that they were the only samples
notched at the interface. Folkes et al. [Folkes et al.,
1991] used charpy impact and instrumented falling weight
impact to test welded joints. Notches were also introduced

by placing lengths of PTFE tape into the joint after


trimming. They found that the two test methods gave
similar results.

In summary, the butt fusion process for pipe-to-pipe


joining, procedure and equipment has evolved through many
years of experience supported by proof testing to
establish that a given process resulted in good joint

strength and durability.

There is a need to understand fully the development of


microstructure under different welding conditions. The

correlation of this microstructure with tensile testing is

of significant importance.

Page 49
EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES

3.0 PIPE MATERIALS

Two different commercial grades of pipes were used in this

study, namely, Eltex Tub 124 and BP Rigidex 002-50. These

materials were used as they represent the majority of pipe

resins in the UK. The pipes had an outside diameter of


180mm and a standard dimension ratio (SDR) of 11. The SDR

is defined as the ratio of the outside diameter to wall

thickness of the pipe. The technical data sheet for these

materials are presented in Appendix 1.

3.1 MATERIALS CHARACTERISATION

Various techniques were used to establish basic material

properties of the two resins used in the welding triäls.

Granulated pipe samples were used in the measurement of

the molecular weight distribution by gel permeation

chromatography. The crystalline melting temperature was

measured by differential scanning calorimetry using

samples taken from the outer, mid and bore of the pipe.

The density was determined using a density gradient

column.

Page 50
3.1.1 DENSITY GRADIENT COLtTh

The density gradient technique is frequently employed as a

rapid means of determining the densities of plastics

accurately. The basic principle of the technique depends

upon the hydrostatic equilibrium between a solid and a


liquid of identical density. The apparatus consists of a

column which contains a mixture of two liquids whose


densities differ. The density of the liquid in the column
,
varies in a linear scale from the top to bottom of the

column. Glass markers (beads) of known density provided


points of reference at intervals throughout the height of
the column. The floats were used to calibrate the column

against a vertical scale. The entire column was maintained


at a constant temperature of 23°C by a water bath.

MAZ

i II
IIli

III
20mm

Figure 3.1 Location within the pipe and welded regions


where the samples for the density
measurements were obtained.

Page 51
In this experiment, the two liquids used were isopropanol,

having a density of 0.784 gml-1 and diethylene glycol, of


density 1.118 gml-1, to give a density range of 0.93 to

0.98 l
gml-.

The density of the samples were obtained from the

specified regions in the pipe and welded regions shown in

Figure 3.1. The specimens were approximate squares

corresponding to 25mm2. The specimens were introduced into

the column by lowering them very slowly in a basket and


left to equilibrate for a period of 24 hours. Once the

equilibrium position had been reached, the relative

position of each specimen was recorded and their density

evaluated by comparing these positions to those of the

glass floats of known density. Three individual

determinations were made for each of the samples.

3.1.2 GEL PERMEATION CHROMATOGRAPHY

The gel permeation chromatography was carried out by RAPRA


(the Rubber and Plastics Research Association). Granulated

samples of each pipe resin were used for the analysis.

3.1.2.1 GPC OPERATING CONDITIONS

Sample solutions were-prepared by adding 50m1 of solvent


to 50m1 of sample and boiling under reflux for 20 minutes

to dissolve the samples. A part of each solution was then


filtered through the fibre pad at 180°C and the filtered

solutions were re-heated to near boiling immediately prior


to the chromatography. It was assumed that the non-

polymeric material present was negligible and that the

Page 52
concentration was not affected by filtration: both of

these assumptions are open to question.

Two determinations were carried out on each sample to

check for consistency and the operating conditions were as


follows:

Column; P1 gel (2 x mixed gel) 10 .tm

packing and 30cm column.


Solvent; 1,2 dichlorobenzene with
antioxidant.
Flow-Rate; 1.0 mlmin-1.
Temperature; 140°C

Detector; Infra-red.

Calibration; polystyrene standards.

3.1.3 DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY

3.1.3.1 MELTING POINT RANGE AND ENTHALPY OF FUSION

A Perkin Elmer DSC-2 with a data station was used in this

programme to measure the melting point range and enthalpy


of fusion of the virgin polymer pellets and pipes.

In the DSC instrument the specimen under test and the

reference (empty sample pan) are placed in similar


environments and maintained at the same programmed
temperature by balancing the power fed to each specimen.
The amount of energy which is required to maintain the

specimen at the temperature of the reference even during

the thermal event is recorded. If the energy differential


between the amounts of energy absorbed or emitted by the

specimen and the reference is plotted against the

programmed temperature, the area beneath the exothermic or

Page 53
endothermic peaks is proportional to the total enthalpy

change in the specimen. The rate at which the specimen

absorbs or gives off heat is proportional to its specific


heat, as this is the amount of energy needed to change the

specimen temperature by a given amount.

Five specimens of approximately 5mg were cut from the

pellet and the pipe wall. The test conditions were as


follows:

Scan rate: 10 °C per


minute;

Atmosphere: nitrogen gas: 20m1 per minute;


Cooling rate: 40 °C per minute.

The following parameters were recorded for each sample:


(i) onset melting temperature;
(ii) the enthalpy of fusion and;
(iii) the melting temperature attained in the melt
endotherm.

3.1.3.2 OXIDATION INDUCTION TIME (OIT)

The OIT test was undertaken using DSC in compliance with


WAA specification 4-32-04. As outlined in Chapter 2,

sample preparation is of utmost importance. To obtain a


constant sample surface area, strips of approximately 1mm
in thickness were obtained from the surface, middle and
bore of the pipe. The strips were produced on a milling
machine. A hole-puncher of 5mm in diameter was used to

obtain specimens from the milled strips. However, in the

subsequent experiments the strips were annealed at 125°C


for 80 minutes under vacuum and cooled overnight.

Page 54
Samples weighing between 14.5mg to 15.5mg were cut from

the milled strips and heated from 40°C to 200°C at 20 °C

min-1 in a nitrogen atmosphere with a flow, rate of 20 ml

min-'. This was done to prevent any degradation during the


heating up period. At 200°C the DSC was switched over to

an isothermal mode and pure oxygen supplied at a rate of


20 ml min-'. The onset of the main exotherm was measured
by the baseline extrapolation method. OIT tests were also
carried out at 205°C, 215°C and 230°C.

3.2 BUTT FUSION WELDING

3.2.1 EQUIPMENT

All the welding was carried out on a commercial,


automatically controlled powered butt-fusion machine
(Fusion Equipment Ltd model ABF-3). The machine used a
microprocessor controller and a linear displacement
transducer on the frame of the machine to sequence and to

control the welding cycle. In particular, the displacement


in the bead-up stage in which at the start the pipes are
pushed against the hot-plate to ensure even contact was
monitored. The hot plate was ejected automatically from
the machine so that consistent short plate removal times
are achieved.

The hot-plate temperature once set, was checked


periodically during the course of this study via a digital
thermometer with a surface contact probe.

Page 55
3.2.1.1 THERMAL MAPPING OF HEATER PLATE

Thermal mapping of the butt fusion heater plate was

carried out using an Agema Thermopoint 8000 infra-red

camera. These experiments were carried out at 205°C and


230°C. The heater plate was divided into grids as
illustrated in Figure 3.2. The first reading taken 1cm
along the row and 2cm along the column. All the other
successive readings were taken at 5cm intervals, see
Figure 3.2.

5cm

Plate

Figure 3.2 Schematic illustration of the thermal


mapping of the heater plate.

3.2.2 WELDING PROCEDURE

The welding cycle in all cases consisted of bead-up


a
stage followed by the heat soak period and after rapid
removal of the heater plate, the joining or welding phase.
Before welding, the pipes were cut to a length of 25cm on
a power-saw. The pipe sections were wiped with a dry cloth
to remove the dirt and any surface contamination. Figure
3.3 gives a schematic illustration of the welding process.

Page 56
The pipes were clamped in the machine with the

manufacturers pipe marking aligned in order to reduce

mismatch in the diameter, Figure 3.3i. The pipe ends were

then trimmed until a continuous strip of polyethylene was

cut from both pipe ends. The trimmer was then removed and
the pipe ends were inspected to ensure that they were flat

and even, Figure 3.3iv. A check cycle was activated to

allow for inspection of misalignment, Figure 3.3v. The

pipe ends were separated and the hot-plate assembly was


fastened to the frame. The hot-plate was then locked into

position between the ends of the pipes. An initial-welding

pressure (bead up pressure) was used to melt any

asperities so that subsequent heating occurs equally


around the faces. This resulted in the formation of a thin
bead around the circumference where the pipe was in

contact with the heater plate Figures 3.3 vii-viii. The

pressure was released and the heating continued for a

certain time (heat soak time). After heating, the pipes


were separated and the heater plate ejected automatically,
(dwell time) ensuring that the cooling of the pipe faces

was not excessive. The pipes were then quickly joined

together and held under pressure (joining pressure). This

produced a bead of molten material around the joint. The


joint was then allowed to cool under pressure (cooling

time), Figure 3.3 ix. Finally the welded pipes were


numbered and top of the pipes were marked prior to removal
from the clamps. An initial set of welds were produced
with the Rigidex and Eltex pipes using the conditions
shown in Table 3.1. As a result of these trials a more

comprehensive study was undertaken, the welding conditions


for these welds are given in Tables 3.2-3.3. A number of

combined welds were also produced between Rigidex and

Page 57
Eltex. Table 3.4 gives the joining conditions employed in

each case. A limited number of dual pressure welds for

Eltex and Rigidex were also made. Table 3.5 gives the

joining conditions used for these welds. Welds were

allowed to cool for 1000 seconds.

CONDS TEMP BEAD UP BEAD UP SOAK JOINT COOLING

(°C) PRESSURE DISTANCE TIME PRESSURE TIME

(MPa) (m) (s) (MPa) (s)

S220 220 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

S230 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

S230A 230 0.15 12.5 323 0.03 600

S230B 230 0.15 187.5 323 0.15 600

S240 240 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

R220 220 0.03 125 140 0.23 600

R230 230 0.03 125 140 0.23 600

R230A 230 0.03 12.5 323 0.03 600

R230B 230 0.03 125 323 0.23 600

R240 240 0.03 125 140 0.23 600

Table 3.1 Summary of welding conditions which were


employed for making the Eltex and Rigidex
welds.

3.3 MICROSTRUCTURE

3.3.1 MICROTOMY

The welded pipes were cut into strips (25mm) on the band

saw. The strips were then cut into 40mm long sections.
These blocks were then ground and polished on 90,120,180

Page 58
(i)

(ii)

LLL

(iii)

(iv)

ýý

(v)

Page 59
(vi)

rf i

(vii)

T (viii)

(ix)

Figure 3.3 The butt-fusion process for joining pipe.

Page 60
and 320 grit silicon carbide paper to ensure that the

'samples were flat and to remove the milling marks.

The samples were then held in the vice mounted on the

microtome and thin (2 to 7µm) and semi-thick (7 to 15µm)

sections were cut on a Reichert-Jung 2050 Supercut

microtome. The microtome was fitted with a motor to ensure

SOLVAY TEMP BEAD UP BEAD UP SOAK JOINT COOLING

CONDS (°C) PRESSURE DISTANCE TIME PRESSURE TIME

(MPa) (m) (s) (MPa) (s)

SS1 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

SS2 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.02 600

SS3 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.21 600

SS4 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.31 600

SS5 230 0.15 187.5 180 0,42 600

SS6 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.63 600

SS7 230 0.02 12.5 180 0.02 600

SS8 230 0.02 12.5 360 0.02 600

SS9* 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

SS10 230 0.15 187.5 360 0.15 600


SS11 230 0.15 187.5 420 0.15 600

SS12 230 0.02 12.5 420 0.02 600

SS13 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.03 600

SS14 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.09 600

* crash cool

Table 3.2 Summary of welding conditions which were


used for making the welds with Eltex pipes.

Page 61
RIGIDEX TEMP BEAD UP BEAD UP SOAK JOINT COOLING

CONDS (°E) PRESSURE DISTANCE TIME PRESSURE TIME

(MPa) (pm) (s) (MPa) (s)

RR1 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

RR2 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.02 600

RR3 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.21 600

RR4 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.31 600

RR5 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.42 600

RR6 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.63 600


RR7 230 0.02 12.5 180 0.02 600

RR8 230 0.02 12.5 360 0.02 600


RR10 230 0.15 187.5 360 0.15 600

RR12 230 0.02 12.5 420 0.02 600

RR13 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.03 600

RR14 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.09 600

Table 3.3 Summary of welding conditions which were


used for making the welds with Rigidex
pipes.

CONDS TEMP BEAD UP BEAD UP SOAK JOINT COOLING

(°C) PRESSURE DISTANCE TIME PRESSURE TIME

(MPa) () (s) (MPa) (s)

SR1 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.15 600

SR2 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.02 600

SR3 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.21 600


SR4 230 0.15 187.5 180 0.31 600

Table 3.4 Summary of welding conditions which were


used for making mixed welds between Rigidex
and Eltex.

Page 62
CONDS TEMP BEAD UP SOAK PRIMARY SECONDARY BEAD

(°C) PRESSURE TIME JOINT JOINT ROLL

(MPa) (s) PRESSUE PRESSURE OVER

(MPa) (MPa) TIME

(s)

SBRO10 230 0.15 225 0.15 0.02 10

SBR05 230 0.15 225 0.15 0.02 5

SHS450 230 0.15 450 0.15 0.02 10

RBRO10 230 0.15 225 0.15 0.02 10

RBR05 230 0.15 225 0.15 0.02 5

RHS450 230 0.02 450 0.15 0.02 10

Table 3.5 Summary of welding conditions which were


used for making the dual pressure welds for
Eltex and Rigidex.

a uniform cutting action. The vertical guiding system

provided a much more rigid arrangement for cutting hard

and large samples without backlash from the sample arm.

As the weld was brought into contact with the cutting edge

of the blade, a thin section of the weld was detached from

the sample. The thickness of section depended on the

overlap between the sample and the cutting blade on the

microtome. Friction between the polymer and the cutting


edge did not present any serious problem. However, with
thin sections, the friction was relatively high in

relation to the mechanical strength of the sections and


hence some form of lubrication was necessary. Cedarwood

oil (supplied by BDH) was used as the lubricant. The

Page 63
Chapter 3 Experimental Techniques

lubricant was applied on the knife and the sample with the

aid of a fine brush. Whilst cutting, the sample was gently


brushed to prevent curling. The microtomed section was

mounted on the glass slide and entrapped air was expelled


by gently pressing the brush onto the section. After

pressing the air out, a drop of oil and a cover slip was
placed on top of the microtomed section. Once again the

remaining air bubbles were pressed out.

3.3.2 POLISHING OF BLADES

Two types of blade were used, namely disposable blades and


D-profiled steel blades.

3.3.2.1 DISPOSABLE BLADES

In order to obtain a consistent cutting edge, the

stainless steel blades (LKB Histoline) were polished using


standard metallographic techniques using a custom built
jig as shown in Figure 3.4. The polishing was achieved

using a 6µm diamond paste.

3.3.2.2 D-PROFILED STEEL KNIVES

The stainless steel blade (Reichert-Jung) used in this

study had effectively four surfaces on each side. The back

of the blade had an enclosed angle which is less than that

of the cutting angle. The secondary edge had an angle of


30 0 whereas the relief edge which was adjacent to the

cutting edge has an angle of 38°. Finally the cutting edge


had an angle of 40° as illustrated in Figure 3.5. The
following blade pre-polishing sequence was carried out
using 8mm diamond paste with a facet angle of 38° with
maximum load:

Page 64
(i) 30 minutes polishing with a turnover time of 25

seconds;

(ii) 20 minutes polishing with a turnover time of 10

seconds;
(iii) 10 minutes polishing with a turnover time of 5

seconds.

The blade was then thoroughly cleaned and a second

polishing wheel with a 3µm diamond paste was loaded on the

polishing machine. The blade was then returned to the

machine and the above procedure repeated. After completing

this polishing sequence, ' the blade was'polished at a facet

angle of 400 with 3µm paste for a period of 5 minutes at

minimum load, to give the blade the final optical edge.


The blade was periodically checked under an optical

microscope to evaluate the intergrity of the cutting edge.

blade stop pins

fastening dowel holes


screws

2 0mm

18°

zýw

Figure 3.4 Schematic illustration of the jig used for


polishing the blades.

Page 65
3.3.3 TRANSMITTED LIGHT MICROSCOPY

Microtomed sections of the welds were examined in a


Reichart-Jung transmitted light optical microscope. The

microscope was equipped with a rotating stage allowing the

specimen to be moved relative to the polarisation plane.


By observing the angle at which extinction-of the sample
occurred it was possible to get an indication of the
direction of the molecular orientation within the weld

zone.

Cutting edge

imary edge
Relief angle Secondary edge

Figure 3.5 Schematic illustration of the knife faces.

3.4 ANALYSIS OF WELDED SPECIMENS

3.4.1 WELD BEAD MEASUREMENT

Once each weld was produced the dimensions of the inner

and outer weld bead were measured with a digital vernier


calliper. These dimensions were taken for all strips (18)

Page 66
which were cut from the welded pipe. An average of 5

measurements were taken for each of the strips. The width


is the full width of the rolled over flash or weld bead,

see Figure 3.6.

The limitations of the manual measurements mentioned above

were recognised. In order to obtain an accurate measure of


the bead dimensions, the beads were viewed using a video

camera linked to a Cambridge Quantimet 520 image analysis

system, this enabled the bead dimensions to be identified,

the bead width and bead area were measured automatically


(see Figure 3.6).

ow

Surf i

BorE

Iw

0,,,: outer bead width OM: MAZ length outer


I,: inner bead width MM: MAZ length centre
OA: outer bead area IM: MAZ length inner
IA: inner bead area
Figure 3.6 Definition of the weld bead dimensions.

Page 67
3.4.2 MAZ - INTERNAL WELD DIMENSIONS

Microtomed sections of the welds were viewed between cross

polars in a Reichart-Jung transmitted light optical

microscope. The sections were photographed. The outlines

of the welds were traced onto graph paper. This was then

enlarged, cut out and weighed. A calibration was carried

out using a graph paper of known area and weight. In

addition to this, a selection of photographs were viewed

using a video camera linked to a Cambridge Quantimet 520


image analysis system. This enabled the outline of the

weld to be identified and a number of other dimensions

shown schematically in Figure 3.6 were measured. These

measurements were correlated to the width of the melt


zones in the outer, inner and centre sections of the pipe.
The angle made by the outer (Os) and inner beads (91) to

the pipe outer and inner surfaces as well as the area of


the MAZ were also measured.

3.5 TENSILE TESTING

3.5.1 MICROTENSILE TESTING-SAMPLE PREPARATION

The dimensions of the block samples used were 40 x 17.5 x


25mm (length x width x thickness). Each block was mounted
in a vice on the Reichert-Jung 2050 Supercut microtomer to

give a flat face. Custom-made grids with a line thickness

of 200µm were carefully transferred on to the previously

microtomed sample block by rubbing the back of HB pencil

on the grids. A thin film (401im) with the grid was then

obtained via microtomy. The microtomed sections were


placed between glass plates for a period of thirty minutes

prior to tensile testing in order to prevent them from

curling.

Page 68
3.5.2 MACRO-TENSILE-SPECIMEN PREPARATION

Seven strips were taken from each of the weld for tensile

testing. Initial set of welds were produced with both the

Rigidex and Eltex using the conditions shown in Table 3.1.

The weld bead from each of the welds was removed by. a
mechanical debeader. The samples were cut (25mm) from each
weld parallel to pipe axis on a band saw. The samples were
faced parallel on a milling machine to give a width of
17.5mm (the thickness of the pipe wall). After producing
the parallel strips, profiles were introduced into the

sample by using a milling cutter. The final width of the

gauge piece was approximately 10mm, see Figure 3.7.

17.5mm

Figure 3.7 Schematic illustration of the tensile test


profile used in this study.

Page 69
lt

15
14

11 10

Figure 3.8 Location of the strips numbered 1 to 18.

As a result of the preliminary trials, a more

comprehensive study was undertaken using the welding

conditions given in Tables 3.2-3.4. A special jig was


designed and built to enable rectangular strips to be

obtained from around the circumference of the pipe. Up to

18 strips were cut around the circumference of the pipe.


Position 1 corresponds to the top position when the weld

was made and position 10 corresponds to the bottom of the

pipe, the lowest position in the weld. This is

schematically shown in Figure 3.8. The dimensions of the

strips were 17.5mm in thickness, 17.5mm in width and a


length of 200mm. The cutting arrangement with the jig is

presented in Figure 3.9 It is worth noting that this

cutting arrangement was faster than the above method for

producing samples. The method also gave specimens with a

consistent dimension. However, it was not possible to cut


the Rigidex pipe welds into strips by this method. The

Page 70
Chapter 3 Experimental Techniques

Rigidex welds were produced using the first method. The

final width of the test piece was approximately 10mm. A

milling cutter of diameter of 20mm was used to machine the

beads off. In this way, samples without the beads were

also tested.

Figure 3.9 The double cutter arrangement which was


used for cutting the pipes into strips.

3.5.3 MICRO-TENSILE TESTING PROCEDURE

The tensile testing was carried out at ambient temperature

on an Instron 1026 machine using a crosshead speeds of 5,

50 and 500mm/min. A 50N load cell was used along a


with
LVDT which offered an extension range of 0 to 100mm.

Page 71
Due care was taken to ensure a consistent gripping

procedure for all the test specimens. The gauge length was

maintained at 20mm with the weldline being located at the

centre. The weldline was used to ensure vertical alignment

of the test specimen. All the samples were mounted with


the outer surface of the pipe being located on the right
hand side. This was done by marking a black spot on the
top right hand corner. This allowed the identification of
the top and bottom of the sample once failure had taken

place. Crossed polarised light was used along with a Sony


Hi-8 handycam video camera to record the test.

3.5.4 MACRO-TENSILE TESTING PROCEDURE

Tensile testing was carried out in a controlled room (20


°C) on an Instron 1056 testing machine head
using cross
speeds of 10 mm min-1 and 50 mm min-'. Stress at peak and
elongation at failure were recorded. Tests were also
carried out on the unwelded samples with a gauge width of
5 and 15 mm.

Page 72
MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION

4.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter is concerned with the characterisation of the

Eltex Tub 124 and Rigidex 002-50 pipe materials. The

results from the density, GPC, DSC and OIT studies are

presented. The results are discussed at each stage to put


them in context with the rest of the work and provide
clarity in the following chapters.

4.2 DENSITY

The densities of the specimens taken from the locations in

the MAZ and 20mm away from it through the pipe wall
thickness are shown in Table 4.1. The number of specimens
in each case was three. The size of the sample from the

MAZ - mid position was small since the MAZ length is

relatively small. The mean values have been tabulated and

since the variation in these values was very small,


standard deviations have been omitted from the table.
However, the observed minimum and maximum variations are
stated. The following points emerge from the density

measurements:

Page 73
(i) As expected the density of the samples taken 20mm away
from the butt weld increases from the surface through the
bore of the pipe wall. This is because the external

surface of the pipe was cooled rapidly and the internal

surface was cooled slowly during the extrusion of the

pipe.
(ii) The density at the butt weld was found to be constant
through the pipe wall thickness but greater compared to
the specimens taken 20mm away from it.

Density, kgm-

Sample Standard Weld 20mm away


Location MAZ

Eltex Tub 124

Surface 955.3 943.7

Mid 955.5 953.2

Bore 955.8 955.3

Rigidex 002-50

Surface 941.5 934.4

Mid 941.2 938.8


Bore 941.3 940.2

Minimum variations = 0.1; Maximum variations = 0.4

Table 4.1 Density of samples taken from Eltex Tub


124 and Rigidex 002-50 butt welded pipes
under standard welding conditions (SSl and
RR1) from the MAZ and 20mm away.

4.3 MOLECULAR WEIGHT DETERMINATION

The molecular mass distribution were determined using GPC.

Page 74
Figures 4.1-4.2 illustrate the molecular weight data for

the two resins and the pipes. From Figure 4.1 and 4.2, the

difference in the molecular weight for the two resin

systems are readily apparent. The results show that there

is no significant change in the number average weight or


the weight average molecular weight for Rigidex 002-50.

However, for Eltex Tub 124 the results show differences

for the pipe. The surface exhibits the lowest molecular


weight value. This may be due to degradation as a result
of storage.

4.4 THERMAL ANALYSIS

4.4.1 DIFFERENTIAL SCANNING CALORIMETRY

The enthalpy of melting was calculated for Eltex and


Rigidex virgin pellets and pipes. The test conditions were

as follows:

(i) Scan rate 10°C per minute;

(ii) Atmosphere = nitrogen gas: 20m1 per minute;


(iii) Cooling rate 40°C per minute.

The following parameters were recorded for each sample:


(i) onset melting temperature; (ii) the enthalpy of fusion

and (iii) the melting temperature attained in the melt


endotherm.

The percentage crystallinity was calculated from the


following formula:

Hf
% Crystallinity =A 100 (4.1)
ex

Page 75
IC
® Nd
® ni ý1ý
r' 228 cw
$u

u 2XIO5

lxl0s

o' FZMN SUWACE MID BE


o

Figure 4.1 Number and weight average molecular weight


data for the Eltex Tub 124 resin and pipe.

Laos
® mw

2x105

pos

RESIN SURFAUE MID r-

Figure 4.2 Number and weight average molecular weight


data for the Rigidex 002-50 resin and pipe.

Page 76
where MHf is the enthalpy of fusion of the sample as

obtained from the DSC thermogram; OHf0 is the

corresponding value for the enthalpy of fusion for a 100%

crystalline linear polyethylene. The value of OHfe was

taken as 293Jg-1 [Gedde and Jansson, 1980].

The following series of experiments were carried out to

establish the reproducibility of the DSC thermograms. With

reference to Table 4.2, Specimens 1,2 and 3 correspond to

Eltex specimens with increasing mass. It is readily

apparent that the sample mass can have an influence on the

parameters measured. However, an important uncertainty in

these tests is the homogeneity of the specimen, both in

terms of degree of crystallinity and the concentration of


additives present. Specimens 4,5,6 and 7 again of Eltex

correspond to successive scans of specimen 4. In other

words, specimen 4 was first scanned at 10K per minute from

320K to 450K and then cooled (naturally) back to 320K.

This was repeated three times without removing the

specimen. A number of points can be concluded with

reference to Table 4.2:

(i) The DSC technique can be used with a high degree of

confidence provided the homogenity of the test specimen

can be assured.
(ii) The enthalpy of fusion AHf can be altered by the

cooling regime imposed on the specimen from the melt.

Tables 4.3-4.4 illustrate the measured properties of the

Eltex and Rigidex resin and pipes. The terms surface, mid

and bore refer to the relative positions in the pipe wall

Page 77
thickness direction. The general observed trends in Tables

4.3-4.4 are as follows:

(i) The Eltex virgin pellets exhibit slightly higher

crystallinity values as compared to the Rigidex pellets.


This is reasonable as the two polymer types are different:

Rigidex is a medium density material and Eltex is a high


density material.

(ii) The blue, yellow and black Eltex polymer grades show
similar crystallinity values. However, the Rigidex black

polymer shows a higher crystallinity value. On inspecting

the DSC thermogram, the presence of a secondary endotherm


is observed in the range of 356K-376K with a maximum at
370K. The presence of the secondary endotherm may be

attributed to the presence of a dual or multi-component


polymer system or ageing of the polymer below the melting
point.

On comparing the data for the virgin Eltex resin


(granulated pellets) and the data for the 180mm Eltex

pipe, some key difference are observed. The melt onset is

slightly higher for the extruded pipes. This is reasonable


as there is usually a pronounced dependence on the

previous thermal histories to which the polymer was

subjected. On comparing the data for the 180mm pipe, it is

clear that a gradient in property exists within the pipe


wall. The residual stresses resulting from the temperature

gradient which exists while the extrudate pipe solidifies

are complex. The outer wall of the pipe solidifies first,

on the inside the material is still in a molten state. As

the material below the surface starts to cool, it is

Page 78
Sample Weight Onset Enthalpy Crystallinity Melting
(mg) Temp (Jg-1) (%) Temp

(K) (K)

1 0.91 394.1 174.9 59.7 400.1

2 4.81 394.2 176.3 60.2 401.2

3 8.81 394.2 179.7 61.3 402.0

4 9.15 394.1 178.5 60.9 403.3

5. specimen 4 393.1 188.1 64.2 405.2

rescanned
6. specimen 5 393.3 187.7 64.1 405.1

rescanned
7. specimen 6 393.2 187.7 64.1 405.4

rescanned
8. specimen 7 393.3 187.5 64.0 405.2

rescanned
'4

Table 4.2 Summary of the results for the virgin blue


Eltex pellets. Specimen 1-3 illustrate the
influence of sample mass and specimens 4-7
indicate the reproducibility for a single
specimen where the thermal history was
identical.

restricted from contracting by the frozen surface layers.


This results in compressive stresses in the outer wall and
tensile stresses on the inside due to constrained

elongation. A similar trend is observed for the Rigidex

pipe in terms of melting characteristics as a function of


pipe wall thickness, ie., the observed values increase in

going from the outer surface of the pipe to the bore.

However, in Table 4.4 the on-set temperature of the outer

surface is slightly higher compared to the mid and bore of


the pipe. This is due to the presence of the secondary

Page 79
Sample Onset Enthalpy Crystallinity Melting
Temp (Jg-1) (%) Temp
(K) (K)
Virgin Eltex Resin

Blue 394.3 173.7 59.3 (0.6) 401.4

Aged blue 600 hrs 398.1 198.5 67.7 (0.8) 404.2

at 92°C vacnsn

No secondary endotherm was observed


Aged blue 700 hrs 409.6 213.1 72.7 (2.6) 414.0
at 125°C in vac un
Pronounced secondary endotherm between 376K-402K

Aged blue 700 hrs 403.7 183.1 62.5 (1.4) 410.6


at 125°C in air
Pronounced secondary endotherm between 369K-396K

Black 394.4 172.8 56.0 (1.4) 401.7

Orange 394.5 174.8 59.7 (0.9) 402.1

180mm OD SDR 11 Eltex Pipe

Surface 394.1 159.7 54.5 (0.9) 402.1

Mid 397.6 189.4 64.6 (0.. 7) 407.7

Bore 398.1 188.7 64.4 (0.5) 409.6

250mm OD SDR 11 Eltex Pipe

Surface 394.7 157.4 53.7 (1.4) 401.3

Mid 395.8 181.4 61.9 (0.5) 405.2

Bore 396.8 185.4 63.3 (0.8) 408.2

500mm OD SDR 11 Eltex Pipe

Surface 394.7 159.1 54.3 (1.1) 400.2

Mid 396.0 175.2 59.8 (0.6) 404.6

Bore 399.4 181.5 62.0 (0.8) 407.6

crystallinity: minimum varation u. 5; maximum variation 2.6.


melting temp.: minimum varation 0.2; maximum variation 2.9.

Table 4.3 Summary of the DSC results for the virgin


Eltex resin and three different diameter
Eltex pipes as a function of pipe wall
thickness.

Page 80
endotherm. This secondary endotherm was not observed for

specimens taken from the mid and bore of the pipe wall.

Table 4.3 illustrates the results from ageing a Eltex blue

virgin pellet. The pellet which was aged at 90°C for 600
hours under vacuum did not show the presence of any
secondary endotherm. However, it is clear from the table,
that ageing this material at 92°C results in a significant

change in the percentage crystallinity. Increasing the

ageing temperature to 125°C results in a further increase


in percentage crystallinity in the specimen along with
increases in other measured properties. However, after
ageing the specimen at 125°C in air, the secondary
endotherm was less pronounced compared with the vacuum-
aged specimens. The location of this secondary endotherm
was between 369K-396K. Rigidex blue pellet aged at 92°C in

a vacuum oven also showed the presence of the secondary


endotherm in the temperature range 362K-378K.

The increase in the crystallinity at 92°C for both Eltex

and Rigidex pellets seems to suggest a tendency to form a

more ordered and stable crystal structure. It is probable


that the secondary endotherm is due to increased order in

the amorphous fraction of the polyethylene as a


consequence of ageing the polymer below its melting point.
However, this may never be fully realised since at 92°C

the thermal motion of the polymer chains are insufficient

to bring about complete order. The secondary endotherm


probably has its origins in the limited motion of the

chains in the disordered region attempting to rearrange


into something approaching three-dimensional order.
However, in the case of Eltex pellets at 125°C, the

Page 81
melting temperature has been raised suggesting that a

significant ordered structure was formed. The values in

parenthesis correspond to the standard deviations.

Sample Onset Enthalpy Crystallinity Melting


Temp (Jgý'') (%) Temp
(K) (K)

Virgin Rigidex Resin

Blue 392.2 136.8 46.7 (0.7) 399.9

Aged Blue 600 hrs. 391.0 165.0 56.3 (2.2) 401.1

at 92°C vacznan

Secondary endotherm between 378K-387K

Black 392.4 145.3 49.6 (1.3) 399.5

Yellow 391.0 132.7 45.3 (0.7) 399.9

180mm OD SDR 11 Rigidex Pipe

Surface 391.9 136.5 46.6 (1.8) 398.1

Pronounced secondary endotherm between 362K-375K

Mid 389.9 141.1 48.2 (1.1) 400.0

Bore 391.0 152.5 52.0 (0.6) 401.4

crystallinity: minimum varacion U. b; maximum variation 2.2.


melting temp.: minimum varation 0.2; maximum variation 1.2.

Table 4.4 Summary of the DSC results for the virgin


Rigidex resin and pipe as a function of
pipe wall thickness.

4.4.2 OXIDATION INDUCTION TIME (OIT)

The oxidation induction test (OIT) is an industry-

specified test to assess the thereto-oxidative stability of


the polyethylene. An OIT value of 20 minutes at 200°C is

required. This is important for the following reasons:

Page 82
(i) Degradation of the polymer during processing and also

possibly during storage if volatile additives are used

would present serious problems but would be detected by

the OIT 20 minutes at 200°C requirement. The pipe may be

stored for up to one year outside before underground use.

Allen et al. [Allen et al., 1988] found that the OIT value

of the surface of a pipe decreased from 65 minutes to 1.8

minutes for a9 month exposure in the UK environment.

(ii) In the UK up to 25% regrind is allowed for pipes up

to 250mm OD. The antioxidant concentration is not

increased in the pipes with the use of regrind. This can


have undesirable effects in terms of thermal and

photostability of the pipe as well as taste problems


[Allen at al., 19881.

(iii) The current welding temperature used in the UK is


230°C ± 10°C. Thus the pipe can experience a temperature

of 240°C during the welding operation. The thermal

stability of pipe is particularly important, especially

with regard to further thermal treatment, e. g. at the weld

joints.

A summary of the OIT results for the Eltex and Rigidex

virgin resin and pipe samples as a function of test

temperature are presented in Tables 4.5-4.6. The OIT for

the different virgin pellets of Eltex and Rigidex at 200°C

show a very large spread in the results. On increasing the

temperature to 230°C this spread is dramatically reduced.

The information available suggests that the resins are

essentially the same, the only difference being the

pigment. Therefore, it is likely that the pigments may

Page 83
indeed influence the thermo-oxidative response of these

materials. It is readily apparent that the OIT values fall

from 177 minutes at 200°C to 26 minutes on comparing the

virgin resin and the extruded pipe surface. For the

Rigidex, the value falls from 89 minutes for the virgin


pellet to 77 minutes for the surface of the pipe at 200°C.
Furthermore, there are large differences in the surface
and bore OIT values. On comparing the values for the
Rigidex and Eltex surface at 200°C, a reduction in the OIT

of 33% was seen for the Eltex. The Eltex resin in the form

of the extruded pipe has a lower relative OIT value. In

comparison, the Rigidex pipe samples gave results typical

of that reported by other researchers.

As a consequence of the very large spread and low values

of OIT in the Eltex, an investigation was carried out to

gain an insight into the problem. It is worth pointing out


that the main concern was the welding temperature of 230°C

±10°C which is specified by the water and gas industries.

At these welding temperatures it is possible that the weld


interface is devoid of antioxidant. This in turn can lead

to serious loss of mechanical properties and embrittlement


of the weld zone.

Both the Eltex and Rigidex samples were prepared in a

similar manner. The virgin pellets were wrapped in tissue

paper and then cut using a sharp blade. For the pipe
samples, a stamping-die was used to produce 4mm diameter
disks for the OIT experiments. The OIT tests were carried
out in accordance to WIS 4-32-03 [Water Standard]. With

reference to Table 4.6, annealing the sample prior to

carrying out the OIT experiment was considered. This was

Page 84
OIT (minutes)

Sample 20C C 205"C 215 C 230"C

ELTEX RESIN

Blue 177 (4.2) 97 (3.5) 39 (2.5) 10 (1.1)

Black 70 (3.2) 44 (3.2) 17 (1.8) 9 (1.7)

Orange 218 (2.3) 135 (4.1) 47 (3.5) ii (2.1)

RIGIDEX RESIN

Blue 89 (2.7) 56 (3.1) 22 (2.5) 4 (2.2)

Black 57 (3.4) 36 (1.8) 19 (2.5) 5 (2.4)

Yellow 81 (1.8) 46 (2.5) 22 (1.5) 6 (1.8)

Standard deviation in bracxets.

Table 4.5 Summary of OIT results for virgin Eltex


and Rigidex pellets.

OIT (minutes)

Sample 200 C 205 C 215'C 2300C

ELTEX Tub 124 180mm OD SDR11 pipe

Surface 26 (22.9) 49 (28.7) 10 (12.9) 1 (0.3)

Annealed - 31 (40.2) - 7 (2.4)

surface "ýo k/c


Mid 116 (8.6) 50'Y(6.2) 25 (5.6) 7 (2.6)

Bore 39 (3.9) 27 (4.8) 7 (3.8) 4 (2.1)

RIGIDEX 002-50 180mm OD SDR1 pipe

Surface 77 (14.6) 38 (4.3) 21 (3.2) 2 (1.4)

Mid 77 (12.2) 43 (3.9) 15 (2.2) 2 (0.7)

Bore 72 (8.1) 35 (1.1) 9 (1.8) 2 (1.1)

Standard deviation in brackets.

Table 4.6 Summary of OIT results for Eltex Tub 124


and Rigidex 002-50 180mm OD SDR 11 pipe.

Page 85
because on inspecting the OIT specimen after each test, it

was observed that the extent of "flow" in the virgin resin

was significantly greater than that observed for the

extruded pipes. Furthermore, the extruded pipes exhibited

extensive curling, i. e. the sample had moved in the sample


pan during the test. This is likely to be because the

specimen stress relieves as the temperature is increased

from ambient to near melting. The residual stress in the

specimen is a direct consequence of the manufacturing


process. The extent of stress-relieving in the specimen
during the OIT experiment can be influenced by the
following factors: (i) specimen production method; (ii)

specimen dimensions; (iii) initial contact area between

the specimen and the sample holder; (iv) the temperature

gradient across the sample thickness and (v) contamination


of the specimen and/or the sample holder.

The obvious way to stop the distortion of the specimen


during the OIT experiment was to stress-relieve the

samples prior to testing. A series of experiments were

carried out where the previously-mentioned strips obtained


from the extruded pipe were annealed at 125°C for 80

minutes under vacuum and then left to cool to room


temperature.

The stress relieving solved the sample distortion

phenomenon but another problem was created. With reference


to Table 4.6, considerable scatter was obtained for the

various OIT test temperatures investigated. For the Eltex

surface, the 215°C series for the un-annealed pipes gave


OIT values between 2.0-24.8 minutes. The annealed OIT pipe
surface in the 205°C, exhibited values between 2.5-86

Page 86
minutes. Obviously, this scatter was unacceptable both

from an experimental view point and for the purpose of

quality control.

4.4.2.1 SAMPLE MASS

A series of experiments were carried out on the virgin


blue Eltex pellets to establish (i) the best way to

analyse the results and the investigate the influence of

sample mass. Figure 4.3 illustrates a typical DSC OIT

experiment. Point (A) represents the change-over from the

nitrogen gas to pure oxygen. Point (B) corresponds to OIT

(Ti) in Figure 4.4 and is representative of the point

where the instrument is starting to detect a measurable

exotherm. Slope (C) represents the primary exothermic

reaction where it is assumed the antioxidants- are

consumed. Points (C) and (D) correspond to OIT (T2) and


(T3) in Figure 4.4.

With reference to F: Lgure 4.4, OIT (Ti), (T2) and (T3)

correspond to three ways of interpreting the data in

Figure 4.3. The OIT values, regardless of the mode of


analysis indicate a very small dependence between the

sample mass and the resultant OIT value. However, the

surface area in these experiments was not controlled.

The effect of sample thickness on the OIT for the Eltex

pellets were investigated at 205°C. Three samples of


similar size but varying thickness were -Used. The results
from this investigation showed that the thickest sample
(1.43mm, 18.76mg) exhibited an OIT of 120 minutes. This

was followed by 111 minutes for the sample thickness of

Page 87
IL U

68 76 85

0 8CD
U

saz
N
F-
H

1L12 au 3.1 £&2 S1 B7 6302 Jß02 BJ T7 91Pa ii; c MM

TIME (MIN) DSC

Figure 4.3 Illustration of a typical DSC OIT


experiment.

150
V OIT (T3)
O OIT (T2)
0 OIT (T1)
125

100
vvv
00
0 00
75
000
ö 0

50

25

n
0 369 12 15 18

Sample Weight (mg)

Figure 4.4 Influence of sample mass on OIT for blue


Eltex virgin pellets.

Page 88
0.78mm and a mass of 9.37mg. An OIT of 85 minutes was

obtained for the thinnest sample having a thickness of

0.30mm and a mass of 2.24mg.

Figure 4.5 represents the OIT data from the knife-cut

samples corresponding to the outer surface of the Eltex

Tub 124 pipe as"a function of sample mass at 205°C. Figure

4.6 illustrates the dramatic effect on the measured OIT

values of Eltex prepared by machining and by using a sharp


blade. A thermocouple was used to measure the temperature

at the cutting tip of the milling cutter. Temperatures in

the region of 75°C were recorded. Moore et al. [Moore et

al., 1989] have found that the outer surface of the pipe
was very sensitive to the method of sample preparation.
Drilled samples gave the lowest and most variable results;

cut samples gave the highest and most consistent results.


A limited number of experiments were carried out on the
Rigidex pipes to investigate a similar detrimental effect
of machining on the OIT. The results from this study are

presented in Table 4.7.

OIT at 205 C

Sample (minutes)

Rigidex knife-cut 38 (3.2)

Rigidex milled 44 (7.1)

Eltex knife-cut 56 (4.2)

Eltex milled 49 (28.7)

Standard deviation in brackets.

Table 4.7 Summary of the OIT results for outer


surface of Rigidex and Eltex 180mm OD SDR
11 pipe.

Page 89
100

Eltex Tub 124 - )urige tut

80

00
0
0
60

00

40

20

A
V

0 10
,2468
Sanple Weight (mg)

Figure 4.5 Illustration of the observed relationship


between the OIT values for the outer surface
of Eltex pipe as a function of sample mass.

80
Knife Cit
® Nladzined

60

40

20

0 01234567

Sauple Number

Figure 4.6 Illustration on the effect on the measured


OIT values for test specimens prepared by
machining and by using a sharp blade.

Page 90
4.4.2.2 VOLATILITY OF ANTIOXIDANTS

Repeat experiments were carried out using a fresh supply

of Eltex virgin pellets directly from the 25kg polymer

container after five months storage. The reason for

carrying out the above mentioned test was to check that

the Eltex specimens were not being depleted of antioxidant

as a consequence of storage in the laboratory. Figure 4.7


illustrates the observed variation in the OIT values for

the Eltex pellets using "old" and a set of "fresh"

pellets. It was assumed that the stabliser was dispersed

uniformly in the pipe material and the oxidation induction

results were considered to be comparative and in no way

absolute. However, the true significant of the above

phenomenon may simply be due to material inhomogenity.

150

O New Sanples
O Old Sanples

O
13
O
13
100
41 d
O

00
00

50

A
V

0369 12 15 18

Sapt1e Weight (mg)

Figure 4.7 Observed variation in the OIT values for


the virgin pellets using "old" specimens
and a set of "fresh" pellets.

Page 91
Table 4.8 illustrates the OIT at 205°C from the ageing of
Eltex and Rigidex pellets at 92°C. The table shows a

reduction in the polymer resistance to thereto-oxidation

for the Eltex pellets aged for 650 hours. However, when
the ageing time was increased to 1500 hours, the OIT did

not show any reduction. For the Rigidex system, there was
no reduction in the OIT even after 1500 hours.

OIT at 205 C

Sample (minutes)

Aged for 650 hours at 92 C in vacuum

Eltex pellet 70 (8.21)

Rigidex Pellet 54 (3.80)

Aged for 1500 hours at 922C in vacuum

Eltex pellet 91 (6.43)

Rigidex Pellet 55 (4.21)

Standard deviation in brackets.

Table 4.8 Summary of the OIT results for 'the aged


Eltex and Rigidex pellets.

4.4.2.3 ELECTRON SPIN RESONANCE (ESR)

ESR studies were carried out on the machined, knife-cut

and machined-annealed samples for the outer surfaces of


Eltex Tub 124 and Rigidex 002-50 pipes. The samples were
freshly machined to a thickness of 1mm and were
subsequently cut into thin strips approximately 1.5-2mm in

width and 5mm in length. The test was carried out at room
temperature at x-band frequency using a Varian E-3 ESR

spectrometer.

Page 92
The general survey scan ESR spectra obtained for the Eltex

samples were similar in shape and form. The Rigidex

material did not give a trace. The electron free spin

factor (g) was calculated for the three Eltex samples. A

value of 1.99 was obtained for the three samples. The

presence of a an unpaired electron which may arise from

the additives present could catalyse the oxidation

reaction and hence may explain why the Eltex material

gives OIT values which are inconsistent.

4.4.2.4 X-RAY PHOTOELECTRON SPECTROSCOPY (XPS)

The previously prepared samples for ESR were cut to the

required size (10xl5mm) and mounted on the end of the

sample probe on a movable tip using double sided tape. The


investigations were made in a vacuum of 10-9 torr with a
Fisons Surface Science ESCALAB 210 XPS spectrometer.

The general survey scan XPS spectra obtained for the Eltex

samples were somewhat similar in shape. However, the

virgin pellet spectrum showed additional peaks related to

sulphur and nitrogen which were only present in minute

quantities. These elements could be from the additives


that are present in the polymer to prevent oxidation and
to aid processing as well as contaminants such as the

polymerisation catalyst, greases and dust. These additives

are intended to be well dispersed throughout the bulk but

in certain circumstances, surface segregation may take

place. The spectra from knife-cut and pellet samples of


Rigidex were also very similar in form. The spectra from

machined Rigidex samples does not exhibit a silicon peak.

Page 93
Table 4.9 lists the atomic% of elements present in the

Eltex and Rigidex samples.

Atomic

Sample C 0 Si S N

Eltex machined 87 10 3 - -

Eltex machined/annealed 86 11 3 - -
Eltex Knife-cut 87 10 3 - -
Eltex pellet 82 13 1 1 3

Rigidex machined 94 6 - - -
Rigidex knife-cut 91 6 3 - -
Rigidex pellet 90 8 2 0.27 -

Table 4.9 At% of elements present in the Eltex and


Rigidex samples.

It may be concluded that the information obtained from the


XPS investigations does not aid in the interpretation of
the DSC data. The information depth of XPS is around 5nm

where the first few atomic layer contribute the most to

the output signal, thereafter these contributions are

reduced.

4.4.2.5 SURFACE DAMAGE

Figure 4.8 is a low magnification view of the machined


Eltex 180mm OD SDR 11 pipe outer surface. The observed
features can be described as series of valleys and hills.

The valleys correspond to the zones where the cutter

scoops out the material and the hills correspond to the

Page 94
Chapter 4 Material Characterisation

Figure 4.8 Low magnification view of the outer


surface of the Eltex pipe.

Figure 4.9 High magnification view of the yielded


zones in the machined surface.

Page 95
Chapter 4 Material Characterisation

Figure 4.10 High magnification view of the outer surface


of the Eltex pipe showing the crazes.

Figure 4.11 High magnification view of the machined


Eltex surface.

Page 96
material deformation at the edges of the cutter. The hills

are areas where the polymer has undergone gross yielding.

Figure 4.9 is a high magnification view of the this hilly

or yielded zone. Close inspection of this zone indicated

evidence for extensive crazing at the base of the hills

and the valleys. A magnified view of these regions are


illustrated in Figure 4.10. Clearer images of the crazes

observed in the machined Eltex pipes are presented in

Figures 4.11 and 4.12. With reference to Figures 4.11 and


4.12, the occurrence of craze zones in the machined

surfaces is clearly visible. The crazes form at 900 to the

machining direction. The inspection of these crazed

surfaces seems to indicate a high concentration of crazes


in the valleys. Within the valleys, the highest

concentration of crazes seems to occur in the vicinity of


the areas which exhibit extensive yielding. It is also

clear from Figure 4.13 that the observed crazes are not
due to beam damage. A craze once formed will extend and

grow if stressed. Figure 4.14 illustrates the observed

crazing in the machined Rigidex specimen. The results from

this limited study suggest that the extent of crazing

observed for the machined Eltex pipe sample is

significantly greater than that observed for the machined


Rigidex specimen.

The influence of the cutter speed was investigated by

carrying out machining operations at three different

speeds (234,958 and 1500 r. p. m). The OIT for all the

three speeds was approximately (0-12 minutes) when tested

at 205°C. The extent of yielding in the slow speed cutter

was significantly more than that observed for the fast

cutter speed.

Page 97
Chapter 4 Material Characterisation

Figure 4.12 Illustration of the crazes for the


machined outer surface of the Eltex pipe.

Figure 4.13 High magnification view of the crazes region


in the machined outer surface of Eltex.

Page 98
Chapter 4 Material Characterisation

Figure 4.14 High magnification view of the outer


surface of the Rigidex pipe.

Figure 4.15 High magnification view of the previously


machined Eltex pipe sample which was then
annealed between two glass slides 125°C
at
for 80 minutes in a vacuum.

Page 99
With reference to the above mentioned micrographs, the

observed crazing may help to account for the drastic

reduction in the OIT for machined specimens. However, the

following points need to be considered:


(i) The crazing significantly increases the surface area

of the test specimen;


(ii) The crazing present in the test specimens may also

provide an easier path for any migration of additives out

of the polymer. The presence of these crazes would also

make it easier for "external species" to diffuse into the

polymer and possible enhance the rate of thermo-oxidative

degradation during the OIT experiment.

Figure 4.15 illustrates the surface of Eltex pipe which


was previously machined and then sandwiched between two

glass slides and annealed at 125°C for 80 minutes in a


vacuum. This test was carried out to remove the crazes
introduced into the specimen as a consequence of the

machining operation. The morphology of the annealed

polymer is clearly visible. The crazes have been removed

as intended. OIT tests on the specimen from which Figure

4.15 was taken also gave very low values. Therefore, the
increase in surface area alone can not explain the

observed reduction in OIT for the machined specimens.


However, it is possible that the increased surface area

could make it easier for the antioxidant system to be less

effective - either as a consequence of migration of

species to the surface of the polymer and subsequent loss

from the polymer or because the system is made inactive as

a consequence of some chemical reaction with the

environment.

Page 100
4.4.2.6 SUMMARY

Sample preparation technique can be an important factor in

determining the thermal stability of PE pipe materials as

measured by DSC. Knife-cut samples gave consistent

results.

The OIT for the Eltex resin is significantly affected by

the action of machining. It is suggested that the decrease

in OIT may be due to volatility of the antioxidant or


surface damage caused by the action of machining which in

turn is creating extensive crazes on the polymer surface.


It is unlikely the crazes thenselves could lower the OIT

since these features will not be present above the melting


point (129°C). However, it is possible that air could be

absorbed in to the crazes leading to a premature decrease


in the OIT. It is also likely that the presence of a "weak
boundary layer" in terms of a surface layer which has been
depleted of antioxidant could accelerate the on-set of
degradation of the polymer. This is a reasonable
hypothesis since the proposed mode of degradation is via a
free radical reaction. ESR studies have shown that the
Eltex polymer has a higher concentration of free radicals.

Page 101
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

WELD GEOMETRY and DIMENSIONS

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The most commonly used method for assessing the weld

quality in the field is the inspection of the weld bead.

The visual appearance and the width of the beads are used

as a qualitative indicator of the intregrity of the weld .


For example, the water industry specification WIS 4-32-08
[WIS, 19881 specifies a range of bead widths for the

various pipe diameters for butt fused welds. The visual


inspection of both the debeaded internal and external
beads are also specified. In this study, a detailed

characterisation was carried out on both the bead geometry

and-dimensions.

5.2 SAMPLE CODING

A schematic illustration of the coding system used in the

study is presented in Figure 5.1. With reference to

Figures 5.1 and 5.2, the top position corresponds to the

top section of the pipe in relation to the clamping

position when the weld was made. Likewise the bottom

section corresponds to the bottom section of the pipe.


Although eighteen individual specimens were cut from

around the circumference of the pipe, only the macro and

Page 102
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

Top Position

Outer bead
Inner bead
---ý' (surface)
(Bore) 'ý
_
N%ý
Lateral left
t
% Lateral Right
position position

,
"*
----ý"0

Bottom position

Figure 5.1 Schematic illustration of the coding system


used for the bead dimensions measurement.

Weld line
Top
position

Clamp I Pipe I Pipe I Clamp

Bottom
position

Figure 5.2 Schematic illustration of the pipe during


welding to highlight the top and bottom
positions.

Page 103
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

microscopic data for the samples for specimens from the


four positions indicated in Figure 5.1 are presented.

5.3 BEAD GEOMETRY - VISUAL ASSESSMENT

Figure 5.3 illustrates the visual appearance of the outer


and inner bead as a function of the position along the

circumference of the pipe for the standard Eltex weld


(SS1). With reference to Figure 5.3, a number of features

are readily apparent:


(i) the shape of the outer bead in Figure 5.3a, b, c and
d, are different. Fox example in Figure 5.3a, the extent
of sagging is greater than that observed in Figure 5.3c
(top and bottom). This has been attributed to the
influence of gravity on the beads. This effect is also
apparent on comparing the inner beads as shown in Figure
5.3a and 5.3c. In Figure 5.3a, the inner bead is seen to

sag away from the bore of the pipe whereas in Figure 5.3c,
it is seen to curl towards the bore of the pipe. A

schematic illustration of the influence of gravity on the

extent of sagging is shown in Figure 5.4.

(ii) on comparing the outer and inner beads, for example


in Figure 5.3a and 5.3c the difference in the bead

geometry may be attributed to the microstructure of the


bore and surface regions of the pipe. Figure 6.13,
(section 6.4.1, page 151) shows the presence of an
elongated spherulitic structure in the bore region of the

pipe. However, this structure was not observed on the

surface of the pipe. The elongated spherulitic structure

was observed on a significant proportion of the inner bead

as shown schematically in Figure 5.5. The retention this


of

Page 104
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

top (a)

lateral
lateral bore right
left (b)
(d)

... AM&, ýi
3f

bottom (c)

10mm
Figure 5.3 Macrostructure of the SS1 Eltex weld around
the circumference of the pipe.

flow flow
of polymer at bead of molten polymer
bead
of the inner bore of the at of the outer
pipe without the surface of the pipe
influence of gravity

flow of molten polymer


at bead of the outer
surface of the pipe
without the influence
flow of molten of gravity
polymer at bead
of the inner bore
of the pipe V

Figure 5.4 Schematic illustration of the influence of


the gravity on the molten (extruded)
polymer around the circumference of the
pipe.

Page 105
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

elongated spherulitic structure in the inner bead is

because after the initial bead is formed, the outer layers

corresponding to the bore and surface regions of the pipe

are bent backwards as the bead-up process continues. This

process is shown schematically in Figure 5.6a, b, c and d.

As a consequence of the presence of the elongated

spherulitic structure, and the fact that the melting

points and yield strength of the material in the bore

region are greater, some structural support, is offered to

the inner bead. This support is not available for the

outer beads.

Outer bead

Surface

Bore

Inner bead

Figure 5.5 Schematic illustration of the weld bead


formed during the welding operation.

Page 106
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

Pipe Pipe (a)

Pipe Pipe (b)

Stagnant
region

Pipe I Pipe (c)

The skin is
bent back'

Outer bead
Molten
Outer shear
material
zone
Weldline Surface

(d)

Bore Inner shear


zone

Inner bead

Figure 5.6 Schematic illustration of the welding


process to. highlight the formation of the
beads and the different zones produced.

Page 107
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

An experiment was carried out to investigate if, the

melting and recrystallisation of the bore region would

give rise, to the elongated spherulitic structure as

observed in the as-received pipe. This experiment showed


that the original structure in the bore region could not
be reproduced by using similar conditions to that used in

the welding process.

(iii) on comparing the Figure 5.3a to d, there is a


general trend irrespective of the position along the

circumference of the pipe, for the outer surface near the

weld zone to be inclined towards the bore. This feature

was observed for all the welding conditions used in this

study. An investigation was made to identify the extent


and nature of the observed deformation. A section of pipe
was planned square on the welding machine. The inner and

outer diameters of the pipe were measured across the

circumference of the pipe at twenty points, at a distance

of 5mm and 35mm from the end face of the pipe. This

procedure was carried out at specified locations around


the circumference of the pipe. The measurements were

carried out on the Mitotoyo co-ordinate measuring machine,

model FN503.40cm of the pipe was then immersed in an oil


bath which was maintained at 125°C for a duration of 180

and 300 seconds. The inner and outer diameters were re-
measured at identical locations to that carried out

previously. The results from this study are presented in

Table 5.1.

With reference to Table 5.1, the largest deviation in

diameters occurs for the pipe with 300 second soaking


time. However in both cases the deviation for the inner

Page 108
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

surface at 5mm and 35mm is greater for the bore. The

observed deformation as a function of heating has been

attributed to the state of residual stress in the pipe.


These residual stresses arise due to the differential

cooling between the surface and the bore regions of the pipe.

OUTER SURFACE INNER SURFACE

SOAK TIME DISTANCE FROM END FACE (mm)

(SECONDS)

5 35 5 35

180 1.41 0.60 2.37 1.99

300 0.85 1.34 3.34 2.80

Table 5.1 Deviation in diameters for outer and inner


pipes at 5mm and 35mm away from the end
face of pipe.

The outside machining layer method using bending

measurements appears to be the common method for measuring


the residual stresses in the pipes. typical values for

63mm diameter MDPE pipe in the hoop direction are on


-3MPa
the outside and 1.5MPa of i the inside [Williams et al..
1981; Marshall et al., 1982]. However, the profiles of

residual stress through the pipe wall will depend on the

thermal history, pipe diameter and pipe wall thickness'.


Reinke and Potente [Reinke and Potente, 1982] have

reported that the magnitude of these stresses in 110mm

diameter SDR 17 HDPE pipe to be in the region of 12Nmm-2

and 5Nmm-2 for the outer and bore regions respectively.

Page 109
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

The proposed explanation for the observed bending of the

outer surface towards the bore during the welding process


has being attributed to the shrinkage that occurs due to

the relaxation of the residual stresses. This has also


being observed by Parmar [Parmar, 1986]. The action of

cutting a strip from the pipe will also result in some of


the residual stresses to be relieved [Doshi, 1989].

Typical examples of the bead geometeries for Eltex welds

made with a high and low pressure (0.42MPa and 0.02MPa)

are shown in Figures 5.7 and 5.8. A similar trend to that


discussed previously was observed for these welds, with
the exception of the dimensions of the beads.

Figures 5.9 to 5.10 show the observed bead geometry for

the Rigidex welds made under the standard and low pressure
(0.15MPa and 0.02MPa). Similar trends to that discussed

previously were observed for these welds with the

exception of bead shape and bead volume.

5.4 WELD GEOMETRY - QUANTITATIVE ASSESSMENT

5.4.1 BEAD WIDTHS

The coding for the various dimensions within the weld zone
have being presented in chapter 3, Figure 3.6 (page 67).

Figures 5.11 and 5.12 summarise the widths of the beads as

a function of the circumference along the pipe for

standard weld (SS1) and a low pressure weld (SS12).

Figures 5.13 and 5.14 show measured bead width for a

standard Rigidex weld (RR1) and a low pressure Rigidex

Page 110
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

top (a)

lateral
lateral right
left (b)
(3)

bottom (c)
10mm
Figure 5.7 Macrostructure of the SS5 Eltex weld around
the circumference of the pipe.

top (a)

lateral
lateral right
left (b)
(d)

bottom (c)

10mm
Figure 5.8 Macrostructure of the SS12 Eltex weld
around the circumference of the pipe.

Page 111
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

top (a)

lateral
lateral right
left (b)
(d)

bottom (c)

10mm
Figure 5.9 Macrostructure of the RR1 Rigidex weld
around the circumference of the pipe.

lateral
lateral bore
right
left (b)
(d)

bottom (c)

10mm

Figure 5.10 Macrostructure of the RR12 Rigidex weld


around the circumference of the pipe.

Page 112
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

weld (RR12) as a function of their respective positions

along the circumference of the pipe. It is readily

apparent that the width of the beads are a function of

their relative positions along the circumference of the

pipe. The outer-width for the top position was always

smaller than the outer bead width for the bottom position.
Whereas, for the inner bead, the bead width for the top

position was always greater than the inner bead at the

bottom position. These trends were observed for all the

welding conditions in this study. The data for the other


bead widths for the other welds investigated in this study

are presented in Appendix 2.

5.4.2 BEAD AREAS

The bead area gives an indication of the volume of


material extruded during the bead-up and heat-soak phases

of the welding process. The bead areas as measured by the


image analysis for the Eltex and Rigidex at the four

positions, top, bottom, lateral left and lateral right are

also represented in Figures 5.11 to 5.14. With reference


to Figure 5.11, it is readily apparent that the inner bead

always exhibits a larger bead area than the outer bead

area for the top position. The trends were similar to that

observed for the bead-width. An explanation for the


dependence of the bead-widths and bead areas in relation
to their position along the circumference of the pipe is

proposed with reference to Figures 5.15 (SS1, top

position) and 5.16 (SS1, bottom position). In comparing


Figure 5.15 and 5.16 the following conclusions have been

made:

Page 113
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

18 90

0 0°°0°0°0
16 00 80
v°ov
°ovv0vo
E-°
vv vvvvvv
E ry
14 70

'd
3
'd
12 X Aý 60

X
X Outer Area
® Inner Area
10 0 Cuter Width 50
v Inner Width

A A^
-V
05 10 15 20

fbsitiam axcu pipe

Figure 5.11 Graph of bead width and bead area versus


position around the pipe for SS1 Eltex
weld.

18 80

70
16
O0OOO
O

E----0 O 60
114
0 O
b
vv0
0 50
a
pOg
12
oovo oý
40
0v
-v v
vv
10 vvvvvv
30

X
A LV

05 10 15 20

Position around pipe

Figure 5.12 Graph of bead width and bead area versus


position around the pipe for SS12 Eltex
weld.

Page 114
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

18 80

Q
16

° >v
vv °
60
v
14 <v
v
fi 0° Oo
ýE v 000 Ov
0 vo0
0o o ° °° 0
°v v° 0
12
40

10 0 res area
A outer area
0 Outer Width
v tracer Width

G 20
05 10 15 20

Position around pipe

Figure 5.13 Graph of bead width and bead area versus


position around the pipe for RR1 Rigidex
weld.

18 60

o0o
o0
16 00 50
00
E----o 0

14 0v 40
°
'd 11
00
0 b
12 30
w
v l>
xvv
vv
°vv®
10 Inner Area 20
lIE Outer Area
v Irmer Width
0 Outer Width

0 in
05 10 15 20

Position around pipe

Figure 5.14 Graph of bead width and bead area versus


position around the pipe for RR12 Rigidex
weld.

Page 115
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

surface

bore

5mm

Figure 5.15 Microtomed section of the SS1 Eltex weld,


from the top position of the pipe.

bore

surface

5mm

Figure 5.16 Microtomed section of the SS1 Eltex weld,


from the bottom position of the pipe.

Page 116
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

(i) The bottom outer bead was always greater than the top

outer bead and,


(ii) the top inner bead was always greater than the bottom

inner bead.

These conclusion are also supported by the evidence

presented in Figures 5.11 to 5.14 and the data presented


in Appendix 3.

Bead area was found to increase up to 0.21MPa, after which


it leveled off with further increases in pressure. This

non-linear relation between the applied pressure and the

total bead area is due to the fact the butt-fusion machine

used in this study was pressure controlled rather than


displacement controlled. In other words, for a given bead-

up pressure, heat-soak time and welding temperature, the

amount of material in the molten state will be constant.


Since the machine operates under pressure control, most of

the molten material will be extruded if the pressure is

increased.

The effect of the changes in the welding pressure on the

outer and inner bead areas for the Eltex welds are

presented in Figures 5.17-5.20. Figure 5.17 and 5.18

illustrate the effect of changes in the welding pressure

on the outer and inner bead areas for the four positions,

top, lateral right, bottom and lateral left. The outer


bead at the bottom of the pipe has a larger area than the

top, with the other two positions lateral right and lateral

left having areas somewhat in between the two. The reverse

occurs for the inner weld bead with the bead area being

larger at the top of the pipe. For clarity the lateral

Page 117
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

100

80

ý_
A ýýY
60

40
LateralLeftOuterBead
v LateralI ght OuterBead
Q
Q Q Top OuterBead
o -o BottomOrter Bead

0 Q2 0.4 0.6 0.8

V1kldngPressure(NPa)

Figure 5.17 Graph of outer bead area for the. top,


lateral right, bottom and lateral left
positions of Eltex pipe versus welding
pressure.

. LateralRgIt AmerBead
v lateral Left InnerBead
o-o Bdtorn Irrer Bead
Q-Q Top Irrer Bead

o a2 as 0.6 o.8

v angPressue
(M)

Figure 5.18 Graph of inner bead area for the top,


lateral right, bottom and lateral left of
Eltex pipe versus welding pressure.

Page 118
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

ý_

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Wddng Pressire (M)

Figure 5.19 Graph of bead area for the top of pipe for
the Eltex versus welding pressure.

1W

80

¶ 60

4Q

Q BOftcm triff Bead


LORI Otter Bead
LO
20

welting Pres&re (NPa)

Figure 5.20 Graph of bead area for the bottom of pipe


for Eltex versus welding pressure.

Page 119
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

right and lateral left position data are omitted from

further plots. Figures 5.19 and 5.20 illustrate the effect

of welding pressure on the outer and inner bead areas for

the top and bottom of the pipe. With reference to Figure

5.19 and 5.20, it is readily apparent that the inner bead

at the top position always exhibits a larger bead area


than the outer bead, whereas the outer bead at the bottom

of the pipe has a larger area than the inner beads. Figure
5.21 to 5.24 illustrates the effect of changes in the

welding pressure on the outer and inner bead areas for the
top and bottom positions of the pipe for Rigidex welds.
The curves for the Rigidex are similar to the Eltex in
terms of their form. Bearing in mind that the heating
times and pressures are the same for both Eltex and
Rigidex, this means that the Rigidex material melts faster

and therefore produces more melt. However, the influence

of molecular weight is again apparent as lower molecular


weight Rigidex produces larger beads at a given pressure
than those of a higher molecular weight Eltex.

The data presented in Figure 5.25 5.26 indicates that as


the heat soak time is increased, a corresponding increase
in the bead area is obtained. This is obvious because as
the heat soak time is increased, the amount of molten
material at the pipe face will increase. Furthermore, the
trends observed for the series of experiments were similar
to those discussed previously.

5.4.3 MELT AFFECTED ZONE (MAZ) - QUANTITATIVE ASSESSMENT


Once the welds had been microtomed, they were
photographed. A selection of the photographs were viewed

Page 120
5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions
Chapter

80

60 Y
z
zY

40

o Top OuterBead
ý0 Q Top Irrer Bead

20
0 Q2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Weidrg Pressi.re (NPa)

Figure 5.21 Graph of bead area for the top of pipe for
Rigidex versus welding pressure.

1 -UI--

80

60
t1

9
40 00Bead
o BottomIma Bead

2n
°0 Q2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Weläng Pressire (NPa)

Figure 5.22 Graph of bead area for the bottom of pipe


for Rigidex versus welding pressure.

Page 121
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

80
ý_

Q
40 0
Q
00 BottomOder Bead
QQ TapOuterBead

201

weläng Pressire (MPa)

Figure 5.23 Graph of outer bead area for the top and
bottom of Rigidex pipe versus welding
pressure.

IW

80

ý_

60
a
0

40 CP

o Betan OuterBead]
o TopImerBead
I
201

welärg Pressre(Wa)

Figure 5.24 Graph of inner bead area for the top and
bottom of Rigidex pipe versus welding
pressure.

Page 122
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

using a video camera linked to a Cambridge Quantimet 520

image analysis system. This enabled the outline of the

weld to be identified and a number of other dimensions

shown schematically in Figure 3.6 were measured. With

reference to Figure 3.6:

OM: MAZ length outer;


MM: MAZ length centre;
IM: MAZ length inner.

These measurements were correlated to the lengths of the

melt zones in the outer, inner and centre sections of the

pipe. The angle made by the outer (60) and inner beads

(91) to the pipe outer and inner surfaces as well as the

area of the MAZ were also measured for the top, lateral

right, bottom and lateral left position around the pipe


circumference. In Figures 5.27-5.28, the outer and inner

MAZ lengths for the top and bottom of pipes for Eltex weld
are shown plotted against welding pressure. As the welding

pressure is increased, the outer and inner MAZ lengths

showed a gradual decrease in the MAZ lengths for pressures

up to 0.32MPa, followed by leveling off of the MAZ lengths

with further increases in pressure. The reasons for this

were discussed previously. The top and bottom positions

always follow the following trends:

(i) top outer was less than the bottom outer and
(ii) top inner was greater than the bottom inner.

This observation may also help to explain the shapes of


MAZ and the profiles of the shear zones; these parameter
have been defined schematically in Figure 5.6.

Page 123
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

150

140

120

100

T)

L
80

60
p Top Inner Bead
0 Top Outer Bead

ao
100 200 300 400 500

Heat Soak Time (Sec)

Figure 5.25 Graph of bead area for the top of pipe for
Eltex versus heat soak.

100 200 300 400 500


HestSoakTime(Sec)

Figure 5.26 Graph of bead area for the bottom of pipe


for Eltex versus heat soak.

Page 124
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

1
Q Imer MAZ Length
0 Outer MAzLength

3
E
9 O
O
Q O Q

a o 13
0
0
a 0

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

V1Relcing
Pressure(NFa)

Figure 5.27 Graph of outer and inner MAZ length for


the top of Eltex pipe versus welding
pressure.

10
Q 1rra MAZ Length
o Outer MAZLength

I 6
78
0

0
0 0
4
Q
Q Q Q
13
0
13
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Waking Pressare(MPa)

Figure 5.28 Graph of outer and inner MAZ length for


the bottom of Eltex pipe versus welding
pressure.

Page 125
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

In general the length of MAZ was found to be a function of

the position along the circumference of the pipe and the

welding pressure. The inner MAZ length was greater than

the outer MAZ length for the top of pipes, whereas the

trend was reversed for the bottom of the pipe. The length

of the MAZ was always found to be the greatest when the

bead area was the greatest. Micrographs as seen in Figures

5.3,5.7 ans 5.8 (SS1, SS5 and SS12) clearly illustrate

this point.

Figure 5.29-5.30 illustrates the outer and inner MAZ

lengths for the top and bottom of pipes for Rigidex welds.
The data for the Rigidex pipes showed a similar trend to

that observed for the Eltex welds.

Unlike these outer and inner MAZ lengths, when the centre
MAZ length is plotted against welding pressure, (Figures

5.31-5.32), we see the emergence of a curve common for the

top and bottom of the pipe for both Eltex and Rigidex

welds. With reference to these Figures, an increase in

pressure, decreases the length of this central MAZ region

and this is also true for the inner and outer MAZ lengths.

From the data presented in Appendix 3, it is possible to

see that although the physical dimensions of the MAZ

change with changes with pressure, the MAZ area is also

altered. This means that the melt is being redistributed

rather than having its volume changed and at higher

welding pressures more melt is forced out between the pipe

ends resulting in a wider and slightly higher bead and a

narrower central melt layer separating the solid bulk

material of the pipe. Appendix 3 lists the catalogue of

Page 126
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

Q InnerMAZLength
0 OuterMAz Length

Cb
8

6 Q Q
Q
o
13

o o
4
0
0
0

V dragPresssire(MPa)

Figure 5.29 Graph of outer and inner MAZ length for


the top of Rigidex pipe versus welding
pressure.

Q InnerMAZIeVh
0 Outer MAZlength

6

1
4 1 0
0
0

,L
0 0.2 0.4

WeldngPressire(Na)
0.6 0.8

Figure 5.30 Graph of outer and inner MAZ length for


the bottom of Rigidex pipe versus welding
pressure.

Page 127
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

O Bottan of Pipe
0 Top of Pipe

'4

a a a
0

A
v00.2
0.4 0.6 0.8

Welding Pressure (MPa)

Figure 5.31 Graph of centre MAZ length, for the top and
bottom of Eltex pipe versus welding
pressure.

O Bottom of Pipe
0 Top of Pipe

14
41 2 a

D
0
a a 0
a
I,
V

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Welding Pressure (MPa)

Figure 5.32 Graph of centre MAZ length for


the top and
bottom of Rigidex pipe versus welding
pressure.

Page 128
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

weld dimensions that had been produced for the Eltex and

Rigidex welds. The data in this Appendix coupled with the

deformation studied can facilitate a comprehensive data

base which can be used to assist on-site visual joint

inspection.

Figures 5.33-5.34 illustrate the MAZ area plotted against


the welding pressure for Eltex and Rigidex welds. The MAZ

area gives an indication of the volume of material melted


and depth of melt produced during the bead-up and heat-

soak phases of the welding process. As the welding

pressure is increased so there is a decline in the MAZ

area. The curves for the top and bottom for Eltex and
Rigidex are similar to one another in terms of their form

and gradient.

5.4.4 SHEAR ZONE MEASUREMENT

All the Eltex welds were microtomed and viewed in the

microscope to estimate the shear zones via an eyepiece

graticule for quantification at 3 different positions,

namely the outer, centre and inner sections of the pipe.


The shear zones in the welded joints are of significance
because other researchers have found that during a tensile
test the failure is initiated at the intersection of the

shear zone and the pseudo-notches. Furthermore, on

propagation the crack path was observed to go across from

one end of the shear zone pseudo-notch intersection to the

opposite diagonal. The shear zone size has also been

identified by a majority of researchers as the

microstructural feature that has a significant influence

on the mechanical properties of butt fused joints.

Page 129
5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions
Chapter

120

D Bottan of Pipe
0 Top of Pipe

90

60
Q

® 0
30
0


0
welding Pressure (MPa)

Figure 5.33 Graph of MAZ area for the top and bottom
of Eltex pipe versus welding pressure.

120

Q Bottom of Pipe
O Top of Pipe

90
I
Nl

60 a

30
8 o
8 g
0

0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Welding Pressure (MPa)

Figure 5.34 Graph of MAZ area for the top and bottom
of Rigidex pipe versus welding pressure.

Page 130
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

100

ä 80

60

40C
CD a Outer Pipe
o Inner Pipe

20
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8

Welding Pressure(MPa)

Figure 5.35 Graph of shear zone width for the top


position, for the outer and inner Eltex
welds versus welding pressure.

i
Fm
ýý §
S.
iT. 3F

ao
o Outer Pipe
o Inner Pipe

'n

Welding Pressure(MPa)

Figure 5.36 Graph of shear zone width for the bottom


of pipe, for the outer and inner Eltex
welds versus welding pressure.

Page 131
Chapter 5 Weld Geometry and Dimensions

Appendix 4 gives a summary of the results of shear zone

width measurements obtained for the top, lateral right,


bottom and lateral left positions around the pipe

circumference. The values listed are an average of 5

readings. From Appendix 4, it is apparent that the shear

zone width increases with an increase in the welding

pressure for both the inner and outer positions. The


difference in the shear zone width between the outer
surfaces and the mid-section can be attributed to the
faster cooling rate in the former. However, the width at
the inner position for both the top and bottom of the pipe

gives the highest values. Figure 5.35 and 5.36 illustrate

the outer and inner shear zone width for the top and
bottom of pipe versus welding pressure. As the welding
pressure is increased the shear zone widths increase up to
a welding pressure of 0.15MPa. Upon further increase of
the welding pressure, no significant change in the shear
zone is seen. This is attributed to the fact that the butt
fusion machine used during the course of this study was
pressure controlled.

Page 132
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

MACRO AND MICROSTRUCTURAL EXAMINATION

6.1 INTRODUCTION

In the welding process heat is applied to melt the

surfaces to be joined and these surfaces are then pushed


together and allowed to cool. It is inevitable, therefore,

that the different cooling rates in the welded region

cause a different number of zones to form. The number of


zones formed will depend on the welding temperature, the

melting point of the polymer, the thermal diffusivity of


the material at the relevant temperature, shear rate and
the welding pressure. In order to obtain information about
the weld structure, a selection of welds were investigated

by viewing thin sections in a transmitted light microscope

with the specimen being rotated between crossed polars to

allow changes in birefringence to be observed. In this

chapter the results of that investigation are recorded and


discussed and reasons for the observed structures are

suggested.

6.2 MICROTOMY

In order to carry out a detailed and reliable analysis of


the microstructure via optical microscopy, it is important

to obtain microtomed sections without scratches. However,

Page 133
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

this is very difficult in practice as it is dependent on

the quality of the cutting edge and the nature of the

polymer in question.

A detailed study was undertaken in the course of this

research programme to identify techniques for microtoming

"large sections" of butt fused polyethylene pipes. The

term large sections refers to sections of approximately 8-

10 µm thick, 40-50 mm long and 30-35mm wide. There is very

little published information on techniques for microtoming

MDPE and HDPE pipe sections. Most of the literature in the

public domain deals with techniques for obtaining thin

sections of biological and polymeric samples.

As expected, the quality of the cutting edge of the blade,

determines to a large extent, the quality of the

microtomed surface with respect to scratches. Disposable

blades in their `as-received' state were not suitable for

microtoming PE. It was necessary to polish these blades

first to obtain a good quality cutting edge. Chemical

polishing and manual polishing were attempted in order to

improve the cutting edge.

6.2.1 CHEMICAL POLISHING

A 50% aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, nitric acid

and phosphoric acid was prepared and heated to 60°C. The

blade was lowered into the solution until the cutting edge

was immersed in the solution. The blade was removed from

the solution every 20 minutes, ' washed and inspected under

the microscope for evidence for an improvement in the

cutting edge. The blade was then returned to the solution.

Page 134
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

The process was then repeated until the blade had been in

the solution for a period of 2 hours.

The chemical polishing resulted in the blade edge

corroding very rapidly on exposure to the atmosphere.

6.2.2 MANUAL POLISHING

Manual polishing was carried out using standard


metallographic techniques using a specially built jig as
shown in Figure 3.4. An improvement in the microtomed

samples was observed, however it was not possible to


obtain scratch-free microtomed sections.

As a consequence of the above mentioned difficulties with


microtoming, a conventional D-profiled steel knive was
modified as shown in Figure 3.5. The polishing sequence
was described in Chapter 3 (section 3.3.2.2, page 64).
Previous researchers working with filled polymers have

proposed diamond-tipped knives to be the best for ultra-


microtomy. Glass knives have been reported as a cheaper
second choice. The major disadvantage with glass knives is

that they do not maintain their cutting-edge.

It is readily apparent from Figure 6.1 that the polished


steel knife experiences progressive damage as a function

of the number of microtomed sections. With reference to


Figure 6. la, the micrograph shows the presence of a flaw

caused by the blade. This flaw becomes more apparent after


taking 12 successive microtome sections, Figure 6.1b.
Additional flaws also become more visible as more sections
are taken. Figure 6.1d represents a micrograph of the

Page 135
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

microtomed section after 25 sections. The extent of

microtomy-induced scratching was greater for the MDPE pipe

compared with the HDPE pipe. Possible reasons for this

observation could be:

(a) the different levels of filler loading in the two

polymers;
(b) the differences in the mechanical properties of the

two resins and;


(c) the nature of the fillers.

The success of microtoming may be attributed to the

modified knife cutting edge. Re-polishing after use should


be limited to compensate the state of wear of the blade.
The 38° polished surface becomes wider after each re-
polishing and therefore will take longer to refurbish. The

width of the polished surface on the cutting edge may be

allowed to increase up to a maximum 0.75mm, thus allowing


the operator to polish the 40° angle for the first few re-
polishes. With time the width of the relief angle will
increase to the point where it becomes uneconomical to

polish the blade further. It is thus recommended that the


blade be re-ground at 30° to restore the original relief
angle. This study has shown that the judgment and
competence of the operator is an important factor in

maintaining an efficient cutting edge on the knife.

7.3 MACRO-STRUCTURE

Figure 6.2 illustrates the macro and microstructural key


features which were observed in all the welded samples.
The term macro-structure is used to describe the general
features of the weld zone. The macroscopic appearance of

Page 136
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

(a)

4th cut

(b)

12th cut

\ý /

ý:0 cut

(d)

25th cut

2mm

Figure 6.1 Microtomed sections of the pipe to


illustrate the developments of scratches
from the knife section thickness 15 µm.

Page 137
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

the weld zone for the standard, low and high pressure
Eltex welds (SS1, SS12 and SS5), viewed under crossed

polarised light are presented in Figures 6.3-6.8. The

Rigidex welds made under standard and low pressure are

also presented in Figures 6.9-6.10. With reference to

these Figures the different shades are due to the degree

of retardation of the polarised light. The contrast


between the weld and the MAZ is due to the difference in

orientation of the material. For example, the sharp


weld/MAZ boundary indicates that a sharp change in

orientation had occurred. This is clearly indicated in

Figures 6.3-6.10. All the micrographs illustrating the

macro-structure in Figures 6.3-6.10 were photographed with


a favourable angle of the polariser to show as clearly as
possible both the weld and the MAZ regions. The material
adjacent to the weld interface had molecular orientation
which was not parallel to the weldline. Instead, the

material appeared to be aligned at about 450 to the weld


interface. This suggests that shear rather than

elongational flow occurred near the interface. In order


for shear flow to occur within the MAZ, there must be some
variation in the flow rates of the melt across the MAZ.
This may arise due to the viscosity gradient across the
MAZ between the hot molten polymer and the cooler parent
material. The situation may be exacerbated further the
as
heater plate is removed and the surface of the molten
material is allowed to cool slightly. This means that the
hottest material is within the centre of the MAZ between

the parent material and the cooler surfaces. As the pipe

ends are brought together to close the joint, this hotter

melt is squeezed out into the weld beads, resulting in

Page 138
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

We1dline

Oute

SL

ones

Inner

Weldline

5mm

Figure 6.2 Micrograph of the Eltex weld to illustrate


the key macro and microstructures features
in weld.

Page 139
Chapter Macro and Microstructural Examination

bore :>urf ace

5mm

Figure 6.3 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld from


the top of the pipe.

bore :surface

5mm

Figure 6.4 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld from


the lateral right position of the pipe.

Page 140
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

bore surface

'.,.,, wº
,,. rr..

5mm

Figure 6.5 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld from


the bottom of the pipe.

5mm

Figure 6.6 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld from


the lateral left position of the pipe.

Page 141
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

shearing flow at both the weld interface and the melt-

parent material interface.

The general polymer flow pattern which occurs in the weld

zone during the welding operation can be seen on


inspecting Figure 6.7 (SS12, low pressure welds). The flow

direction appeared to be between 45° and 500 relative to

the weld interface. A schematic illustration of the

movement of the molten material has been shown previously


in Figure 5.6. Barton and Cherry [Barton and Cherry, 1980]
have also shown the presence of these flow lines in the

weld. The lines followed the direction of the melt flow in

the weld, away from the centre out towards the surface and
bore regions into the weld beads rolling around to form

the bead. To a first approximation, the flow field during

the process of welding appears similar to that established


when two fluids impinge from mutually opposed jets as
observed by Macley and Keller [Mackley and Keller, 1975].
At the centre of the weldline there is a stagnation point

where the lines diverge and turn through 90° before

running parallel to the weld interface indicating how the

melt had been squeezed between the pipe ends to form the

weld.

A good correlation was observed between the lengths of the

MAZ as shown by Figures 6.3-6.10 and the extent of

curvatures observed between the parent material and the


MAZ. The length of MAZ corresponding to the surface, bore

and mid-regions are summarised in Appendix 2 and were


discussed in the previous chapter.

Page 142
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

top

_ lateral left
_ý:

bottom

p
lateral right

5mm

Figure 6.7 Microtomed section of SS12 Eltex weld from


four different position around the
circumference of the pipe.

Page 143
Chapter 5 Macro and Microstructural Examination

i
top

- f.
lateral left

g`
r

bottom

lateral right

ýt ýý

5mm

Figure 6.8 Microtomed section of SS5 Eltex weld from


four different position around the
circumference of the pipe.

Page 144
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

top

lateral left

bottom

lateral right
04,

5mm

Figure 6.9 Microtomed section of RR1 Rigidex weld from


four different position around the
circumference of the pipe.

Page 145
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

top

lateral left

Sul
i: _i
bottom

5mm
Figure 6.10 Microtomed section of RR12 Rigidex weld
from four different position around the
circumference of the pipe.

Page 146
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

Macro-structures in the full range for the Eltex welds


investigated in this study are presented in Figures 6.11-

6.12 as a function of joining pressure and heat-soak time.

The macro-structural features observed in these welds


follow the same trend as that discussed previously for the

standard, low and high pressure welds.

6.4 MICROSTRUCTURE

6.4.1 MICROSTRUCTURE OF THE EXTRUDED PIPE

Three distinct microstructural features were observed for

the surface, bore and mid section of the extruded pipe.


The microstructure of the bore in Eltex pipe is
illustrated in Figure 6.13 and the key feature here was
the presence of elongated spherulitic structures. This

microstructure has been attributed to the slower cooling


rate at the bore during the extrusion process.

The observed microstructure of the surface region of the

pipe is illustrated in Figure 6.14. However it was not


possible to resolve the microstructure of the surface
region using optical microscopy. During the extrusion
process, the pipe is sprayed with water at 'ambient
temperature to cool the pipe. This results in a finer

microstructure at the surface region. Figure 6.15


illustrates the observed microstructure of the mid section
of the extruded pipe. Although no quantification on the

relative size distribution of spherulites in the different

zones was undertaken, on the basis of visual examination,


the dimension of the spherulites in the bore and mid

section were similar but significantly larger than the

surface.

Page 147
Chapter_ 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

top position bottom position

0.02MPR

-. ISNIL
',

0.21NIta

iP. 'i . 0)

Page 148
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

top position bottom position

0.3lMPa

"q 1
ýx, .n
ý.

0.41MPa

1MPa

h
5mm

Figure 6.11 Macrostructural features of top and bottom


of Eltex welds as a function of joining
pressure.

Page 149
Chapter 5 Macro and Microstructural Examination

top position bottom position

Heat-Soak (180 seconds)

Heat-Soak (360 seconds)

r- "Ilt,

Heat-Soak (420 seconds)

5mm

Figure 6.12 Macrostructural features of top and bottom


of Eltex welds as a function of heat soak
time. Joint pressure 0. lSMPa.

Page 150
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

20µm

Figure 6.13 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld


showing elongated spherulites at the inner
bore of the pipe. Mag. 400.

20µm

Figure 6.14 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld from


the outer surface. Mag. 250.

Page 151
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

20µm

Figure 6.15 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld from


the central region. Mag. 400.

6.4.2 MICROSTRUCTURE OF THE MAZ

Figure 6.2 illustrates the coding system which was used to

describe the microstructure of the weld-zone. In addition

to this, an illustration indicating the weld in


region

question is also shown alongside the discussion.

With reference to Figure 6.3, two shear zones were

observed between the parent material and the MAZ. This

microstructure has been attributed to crystallisation

under shear. The dimensions of these shear zones for the

four positions along the circumference of the pipe (top,

lateral right, bottom and lateral left) were measured and

are presented in Appendix 3. The shear zones were measured

Page 152
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

at regions corresponding to the surface, bore and mid

section of the weld. The width of shear zones at the bore

regions were greater than the surface region with the mid

section showing the lowest value for all the Eltex welds

investigated in the study. The difference in the shear

zone width between the outer surfaces and mid section can
be attributed to the faster cooling rate in the former.

MAZ

shear zone

parent

20µm

Figure 6.16 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld


showing MAZ, shear zone and the parent
material. Mag. 100.

Figure 6.16 illustrates the observed microstructure for

the parent material, MAZ and shear zone for the SS1 weld.
The shearing action of the molten MAZ causes immense

distortion to the crystal structure. The presence of a

pseudo-notch also coincides with the termination of the

shear zone. it is likely that a combination these two


of
factors will provide an initiation site for crack

Page 153
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

propagation if an appropriate tensile load was applied.

The shear zone size has been identified by a majority of

researchers as the microstructural feature that has a

significant influence on the mechanical properties of the

butt fused joints [Menges and Zohren, 1967; Atkinson and


DeCourcy, 1981; Gedhe et al., 1992; Nieh and Lee, 1993].

No significant d&fferences were detected on inspecting the

weldline from the surface to the bore region. However, the


dimensions of the spherulites were much finer than that

observed for the other regions in the weld. An estimation

of the extent of orientation may be inferred from Figures


6.3-6.10 by the presence of dark regions. These Figures

clearly show that an increase in the weld pressure results


in an increase in the extent of orientation in the weld.
High magnification micrographs of this region are
presented in Figures 6.17-6.18 (SS1 and SS12). The effect
of increasing the pressure resulted in a higher degree of
orientation. This can be seen on comparing the Figures
6.3-6.8 which correspond to standard, low and high

pressure Eltex welds. The presence of molecular


orientation in welds implies the presence of internal

stresses resulting from the desire of the material to

return to its normal, unorientated state. Bukin [Bukin,

1972] also observed orientation in the weld zone by

viewing microtomed section between crossed polars. He


found that the changes in direction of orientation the
at
boundary of MAZ between the parent material and within the
MAZ was 600-700. This was caused by the movement of the

melt during joining. The microstructure of the weldline is

determined by the welding pressure. At low welding

pressures (SS12) the length of the MAZ is relatively large

Page 154
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

10µm

Figure 6.17 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld, from


the bottom of the pipe showing the weld
line with MAZ from the central region. Mag.
100.

10µm

Figure 6.18 Microtomed section of SS12 Eltex weld, from


the bottom of the pipe showing the weld
line with MAZ from the central region. Mag.
100.

Page 155
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

and the material adjacent to the weldline is relatively


hot; hence the weldline melts and subsequent slower

cooling produces ralatively large spherulites. At higher

welding pressure (SS1), the MAZ region is thin and the

cool material adjacent to the weldline is near the melting


temperature. Rapid cooling produces a fine grained

structure of small spherulites in the weldline. Stevens


(Stevens, 1988] used Fourier Transform Infra Red

spectroscopy (FTIR) to analyze and quantify variations in

the weld crystallinity due to the thermal history of the

welding cycle. A change in crystallinity was observed

across the pipe walls themselves and within the weld

crystallinity is fairly constant, but lower in the weld


centreline.

With reference to the schematic illustration of the weld


zone shown in Figure 6.2 and the micrographs presented in
Figures 6.3-6.10 (SS1, SS12, SS5, RR1 and RR12), evidence
of flow-induced orientation can be clearly seen. The

relative dimension of the spherulite within the weld zone


were found to be similar to that observed for the parent
material. However, the relative dimensions along the weld
line were smaller than the surrounding regions.

Figure 6.19 shows a micrograph from the bore of Eltex weld


made under standard conditions (SS1), highlighting the
different structures present in the weld. The parent
material is in the left corner and a whitened region at
the top of the micrograph is separated from the parent
material by a boundary layer - shear zone. The MAZ is on
the right hand side and the bead, on the top of the

micrograph.

Page 156
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

Figure 6.20 illustrates the micrograph from the bore of


the Eltex weld made using dual pressure welding. By

comparing Figure 6.20 with Figure 6.19, the weld structure


differs quite significantly from that of single pressure

weld. Firstly, due to the larger heat soak time and low

secondary fusion stress, the width of the MAZ is

significantly wider in the dual pressure weld. Secondly,

the structure at the junction of the bead and the pipe


surfaces is quite different, where the notch position no
longer coincides with the MAZ limit line. During the time

under the secondary joining stress, the position of the

MAZ boundary changes due to the melt zone advancing


further along the pipe wall. The additional heat in the

weld bead, due to larger soak time is sufficient to extend


the edge of the MAZ to a new position, thereby removing it
from the site of the sharp notch initially produced
between the bead and the pipe surfaces. Thirdly, there is
little evidence of orientation at the edge of the MAZ as

any orientation introduced under the primary joining

stress is able to relax during the secondary fusion stage.


The results presented by Marshall et al. (Marshal12 et al,
1995] are in agreement with the illustration presented in

Figure 6.20.

The skin region in the bore of the pipe was subjected to a


detailed microscopic investigation. The elongated

spherulitic structure which was observed on the bore of


the pipe was also observed in the inner bead skin region.
The implication here is that a portion of the inner skin
does not fully melt during the welding operation. This has

been discussed in chapter five, section 5.3. In Figure

6.21, the elongated spherulites in the skin region of the

Page 157
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

10µm

Figure 6.19 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld, from


the bore at the bottom of the pipe. Mag.
100.

5 00µm

Figure 6.20 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld, from


the dual pressure welding. Mag. 25.

Page 158
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

10µm

Figure 6.21 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld, from


the bore showing the inner bead. Mag. 100.

10µm

Figure 6.22 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld,


showing the inner bead. Mag. 100.

Page 159
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

inner bead are clearly visible. The structure in the bulk

of the inner bead is shown in Figure 6.22. In the beads

the material is hot where much of the flow has occurred.

Here, the heat is lost radially and solidification of the

surface occurs resulting in a conventional spherulitic

microstructure.

Figure 6.23 and 6.24 illustrate the microstructure for the

Eltex SS1 weld. The micrographs were taken from the mid
region of the shear/MAZ region highlighting that there was
no gross change in the size of spherulites. In other

words, going away from the MAZ, the microstructure does

not change.

The results of Figures 6.16 to 6.22 as above, show that


the microstructure of the welded region consists of five

zones. The five different zones were also observed for the
Rigidex welds but the relative size of the spherulites
were much finer. However, the elongated spherulitic
structure at the bore region was not observed. Similar

zones have been observed in PE welds by Menges and Zohren


[Menges and Zohren, 1967]. They offered no comment on the

nature of the zones, except to say that they were the

result of temperature effects. The zones were also


identified by a number of researchers [Barber and
Atkinson, 1972; 1976; DeCourcy and Atkinson, 1977; Barton

and Cherry, 1980], who explained that the chromic acid


attacked the material at different rates on the basis of
different crystalline structures in the different zones.

Page 160
Chapter 6 Macro and Microstructural Examination

20µm

Figure 6.23 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld, from


the central region. The shear zone is on
the bottom of the micrograph. Mag 250

20µm

Figure 6.24 Microtomed section of SS1 Eltex weld, from


the central region which is 2mm away from
the MAZ. Mag. 250.

Page 161
TENSILE TESTING OF MICROTOMED WELDED

SECTIONS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the tensile testing of microtomed

thin films for the Eltex Tub 124 and Rigidex 002-50 pipe

materials. The deformation of the weld during the tensile

testing were monitored using crossed polarised light and a

video camera. Image analysis was used to analyse the video


images as a function of displacement. The information on

the displacement was obtained by measuring the dimensions

of the surface mounted transfer grids.

7.2 IMAGE ANALYSIS

The image from the video was transferred to the computer

and image analysis was carried out using Global Lab image

software to measure the deformation. After trial and

error, 2 individual grids were chosen to indicate the

extent of deformation occurring in the sample in the Y-

direction. Deformation measurements were taken using the

following procedure:

Page 162
(i) the sample was mapped from the inner side to the outer

side at 7 equally placed points across the specimen for

the weldline;
(ii) above the MAZ;

(iii) below the MAZ and

(iv) away from the MAZ.

A schematic illustration of the position within the weld

zone where the dimension of the grids were taken is shown

in Figure 7.1. Five individual measurements were taken for

the each square, as indicated in Figure 7.1.

Clamp

Surface

,a7 ODOR Ell]]


(a
.A N
10 1 123 14
N9 yý
41
H 15 17 18 19 20 20

2]7Q] 24 26 27 28

Bore

Clamp

Figure 7.1 Schematic illustration of the position


within the weld zone where the dimension of
the grids were taken.

Page 163
The results from the manual measurement were more accurate
than the results of the automatic method, which either

produced negative percentage strain values or values which


fluctuated. This was mainly due to the problem of the

computer being unable to identify particles or complete

particles due to the difference in colour contrast of some


of the pixels. Removal of the problem particles still
yielded negative strain. The manual measurement of the
deformation did not produce either negative or fluctuating

results.

7.3 MICRO-TENSILE TESTING OF ELTEX

7.3.1 BEADED SAMPLE

A sequence of macroscopic deformation modes observed for


the Eltex Tub 124 weld made under standard welding
conditions (SS1) are illustrated in Figures 7.2 to 7.6.
With reference to Figure 7.2, the presence of orientation
at the weld line and shear zones are readily apparent. The

asymmetry in the weld is due to the residual stresses


which are developed in the pipe during the extrusion

process. In Figure 7.2, the right hand corresponds to the

outer surface. This sample was obtained from the top of


the pipe. The effect of 4mm extention during the tensile
test is shown in Figure 7.3. The stress concentration at
the pseudo-notches are also clear. The effect of extending
the sample by further 2mm (Figure 7.4) clearly showed that
the maximum deformation was within the MAZ. For extention
above 6mm, the stress concentration at the pseudo-notches
was seen to increase and yielding of the material within
this region took place as shown in Figures 7.4 and 7.5,
followed by the tearing of the material in this region. On

Page 164
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

5mm

Figure 7.2 Eltex SS1 sample at the start of the test


showing no extention.

5mm

Figure 7.3 Eltex SS1 sample with 4mm extention. Tested


at 5mm/min.

Page 165
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

5mm

Figure 7.4 Eltex SS1 sample with 6mm extention. Tested


at 5mm/min.

5mm

Figure 7.5 Eltex SS1 sample with 9mm extention. Tested


at 5mm/min.

Page 166
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

the commencement of yielding at the pseudo-notches, the

material within the MAZ relaxes. This is simply because

the applied load is being carried by the reduced cross-

section in the region of these notches. This is

illustrated in Figures 7.5 and 7.6 respectively.

5mm

Figure 7.6 Eltex SS1 sample with 18mm extention.


Tested at 5mm/min.

Quantification of these deformation for the SS1 weld were

obtained using the surface mounted grids as described in

the experimental procedure, section 3.5.1. Selected

micrographs of the standard weld (SS1) with the surface

mounted grids are shown in Figure 7.7 as a function the


of

time. The deformation of these grids has been analysed

using image analysis and the results are presented in

Page 167
Figures 7.8-7.11. With reference to Figure 7.7, after

approximately 150 seconds during the tensile test a

portion of the grids within the weld zone became

significantly distorted. This made it difficult to obtain

accurate measurements in a reproducible fashion. This is

clearly seen in Figure 7.7.

With reference to the coding system used in Figure 7.1,

Figure 7.8 illustrates the effect of increasing the time


during a tensile test on the observed % strain at seven
different positions within the weld zone. The local strain

varies at the seven position within the MAZ, the highest

being at the centre. This clearly demonstrates that the


deformation is greatest in the centre region. However,
further away from the weldline, the deformation was fairly

constant within the seven points, (Figure 7.11). Figures

7.9 to 7.11 illustrate the % strain for region

corresponding to above, below and away from the MAZ (see

Fig. 7.1 for coding). On increasing the time from t=100

seconds to t=150 seconds during the tensile test, the

strain within the weld zone was found to decrease. This

was attributed to the extensive yielding within the

pseudo-notch regions. The deformation within this zone was


found to be relatively constant. The presence of the large

shear zones in these regions causes a plane of local

weakness. The notch in this region from the outer bead

also acts as a stress concentrator which is responsible


for the final failure. Further increase in the extention

resulted in extensive deformation primarily at the outer

surfaces. Out of 10 samples inspected 6001 showed maximum


deformation for the outer surface. A possible reason for

Page 168
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

t=0 seconds

t=40 seconds

t=80 seconds

t=150 seconds

5mm

Figure 7.7 Surface mounted grids on the SS1 beaded


sample, shown during a tensile test as a
function of time. Tested at 5mm/min.

Page 169
250
a--- dt- 150 Secs
-- -6 t-100Secs
t- --ft- 80 Secs
p- - -V t- 60 Secs
t- 40 Secs
200 O---fl
o- - -© t- 20 Secs
+-- +t-0Secs

150r
ý-ý

'r 100

50

Eil -

0
12 3' 4567

Position across the Sanple

Figure 7.8 The effect of increasing the % applied


strain at seven different regions for the
Eltex (SS1) weld with bead for the weldline.

250
+- " -+ t- 150 Secs
A--- t- 100 Secs
ýt - eosecs
f---"t-60Secs
200 p- - -c t- 40 Secs
O---f] t- 20 Secs
0---o t-0 secs

150

b \ /
w
4J
rA
x 100

50

n
ý1 234567

Position across the Sample

Figure 7.9 The effect of increasing the % applied


strain at seven different regions for the
Eltex (SS1) weld with beads above the
weldline.

page 170
250
+- -+t- 150 Secs
ý- dt- 100 Secs
I- - 11 t -80 secs
0-- --at- 60 Secs
p- - -s7 t- 40 Secs
200 p--- fl t- 20 Secs
0- - -o t-0 Secs

r. 150

ro
J)
d'' 100

./

50

A
1234567

Position across the Sanple

Figure 7.10 The effect of increasing the t applied


strain at seven different regions for the
Eltex (SS1) weld with beads for below the
weldline.

250
+- - -+ t- 150 Secs
-6 t- 100 Secs
-- -6 t-80Secs
f-- --*t- 60 Secs
t- 40 Secs
200 p- - -v
t- 20 Secs
D---C
0---0 t-0 Secs

150

aJ
N

100

SO

0
23456?

Position across the Saaple

Figure 7.11 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Eltex
(SS1) weld with beads away from the weldline.

Page 171
this observation was the microtomed sample used had

previously been deformed due to residual stresses. On the

application of load, the sample straighten out with the

outer surface being stretched (put in tension).

Gedhe et al. [Gedhe et al., 1992] have carried out


deformation studies on polypropylene butt fused welds and
found that the stress distribution in the weld zone was
not uniform under load. The microstructure in the weld
region, especially the zone of deformed spherulites (shear

zone), caused "stress concentration" in the joint area.


They were able to identify a number of preferential
deformation sites in and at the vicinity of the butt
joint. The two resin systems showed different failure

modes. Maximum stress was found at the junction of the


bead and the bulk polymer. Without the beads, they found

the maximum stress to be within the MAZ. The data

presented by Gehde et al. [Gehde et al., 1992] is in

agreement with the illustration presented in Figures 7.8-


7.11.

However, on comparing the % strain parallel to the stress


direction for the four regions at t=150 seconds for the

centre, the % strain is greatest in the centre region for


the weldline (Figure 7.12). The maximum deformation was
seen to be in the outer and inner regions. This is shown
in Figure 7.13 and 7.14 for the outer and inner surfaces.
This is due to the extensive yielding which occurs as a

result of stress concentration from the beads.

Page 172
250

Tv Q
Eltex without
Rigidex with
Beads
Beads
O Eltex with Beads
v
200

c i5o e

m
100

50 0

0'
MAZ Weldline Below MAZ Away MAZ
Above

Positon alcM the Sanple

Figure 7.12 Graph of % strain at the centre of weld at 4


different position-across the weld for Eltex
and Rigidex samples at t=150 seconds.

250
p Eltex without Beads
p Rigidex with Beads
p Eltex with Beads

200

V4 153

AD 100
m

50

8
0'
Above MAZ Weldline Below MAZ Away MAZ

Position alag the Sanple

Figure 7.13 Graph of % strain at the outer surface of


weld at 4 different position across the weld
for Eltex and Rigidex samples at t=150
seconds.

Page 173
Chanter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

250
V Eltex without Beads
O Rigidex with Beads
0 Eltex with Beads

X00

50

100
ý.
7
Q
50
7

e
0
Weldline Below MAZ Away MAZ
Above MAZ
Positicn along the Satple

Figure 7.14 Graph of ä strain at the inner surface of


weld at 4 different position across the
weld for Eltex and Rigidex samples at
t=150 seconds.

7.3.2"DEBEADED SAMPLE

To investigate the, effect of beads on the deformation

modes, the outer and inner beads were removed. Figures

7.15 to 7.19 illustrate the sequence of macroscopic


deformation modes observed for the Eltex tub 124 weld made

under standard welding conditions (SS1). The effect of 9mm

extension during the tensile test is shown in Figure 7.16.

The stress concentrations that were present from the beads

are absent. The effect of extending the sample by a

further 4mm is shown in Figure 8.17. This clearly showed

that the maximum deformation was within the MAZ. Figure

7.18 to 7.19 illustrates the failure of the microtomed

sample within the MAZ, initiating from the scratch which

was present within the sample.

Page 174
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

5mm

Figure 7.15 Eltex SS1 debeaded sample at the start of


the test.

5mm

Figure 7.16 Eltex debeaded sample with 9mm extention.


tested at 5mm/min.

Page 175
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

5mm

Figure 7.17 Eltex debeaded sample with 13mm extention.


tested at 5mm/min.

5mm

Figure 7.18 Eltex debeaded sample with 17mm extention.


tested at 5mm/min.

Page 176
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

Figure 7.20 shows the debeaded SS1 sample with the surface

mounted grids as a function of time during the tensile

test. Quantification of the observed deformation that

occurred at the four different regions across seven

positions for the debeaded Eltex tub 124 weld made under

standard welding conditions (SS1) was also obtained.

5mm

Figure 7.19 Eltex debeaded sample with 29mm extention.

tested at 5mm/min.

Figures 7.21 to 7.24 shows the extent of deformation for

the four regions at seven positions for the weldline,

above the MAZ, below the MAZ and away from the MAZ. On

comparing Figure 7.21 with 7.8, it can be seen that the

extent of deformation in the MAZ for the debeaded sample


is greater. In the weldline the beads offer structural

support (reinforce) to these positions and hence lower


a
deformation (% strain) is achieved.

Page 177
t=0 seconds

t=40 seconds

t=80 seconds

t=150 seconds

5mm

Figure 7.20 Surface mounted grids on the SS1 debeaded


weld, shown during a tensile test as a
function of time. Tested at 5mm/min.

Page 178
250

200
A--6 t-100Secs
{--
--
+t-150sß
it-80secs
l---ft-60Secs
150 Q- - -4 t- 40 Secs
13---0t-20Secs
.f
O- - -O t-0 Secs

-N--
100

50

A
1234567

Position across the sairple

Figure 7.21 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Eltex (SS1)
weld without the beads for the weldline.

250
cý---6 t-100Secs
-- -a t- 80 Secs
ý---+ t= 60 Secs
p- - -i7 t- 40 Secs
200 Q --- fl t =20Secs
o---0t=0Secs

150

100

50
'- - _a - _"ý
-a- _

0"
1 35 7

Position across the sanple

Figure 7.22 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Eltex
(SS1) weld without the beads above the
weldline.

Page 179
Chapter 7 Toneile Teetinq of Microtomed welded gectiona

250

r- "+t- 150 Secs


L4- fi t- 100 Secs
-- Am t- 80 Secs
i
ý- --t- 60 Secs
i
200 p- - -v t- 40 Secs
D---£1 t- 20 Secs
o---ot-0 Secs

z 150
.11
ro

I' 100

+-- .-
50 -+-- _- _
-- - -+ ---,
_-- -+ - __--a-- --ems
- -a---=-- ---- -- --- -- ---
-- -U-

A
1234 5' 67

Position across the Sarple

Figure 7.23 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Eltex (SS1)
weld without the beads below the weldline.

250
+-- +t-150sß
e--- t- 100 secs
-- "t-e0 secs
f----t t- 60 Secs
200 40 Secs
p- - -V t-
O---at-20 Seca
o- - -o t-0 secs

150
0

100

50

Z-
1 234567

Position across the Sanple

Figure 7.24 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Eltex (SS1)
weld without the beads away from the weldline.

Page 180
The extent of deformation for above and below the MAZ in

the debeaded sample was found to be relatively constant

but significantly lower than the sample with the bead.

This is due to the absence of beads which act as stress

concentrators. The stress concentrations from the beads

are responsible for the final failures in the beaded

samples

7.4 MICRO-TENSILE TESTING OF RIGIDEX

The macroscopic deformation for the Rigidex 005-20 weld

made under standard conditions (RR1) is illustrated in

Figure 7.25. The quantitative deformation that occurs in

the weld at four different regions across 7 points are

presented in Figure 7.26 to 7.29. The extent of


deformation in the centre region is clearly seen to be the

greatest. However, on comparing Figure 7.26 with Figure

7.8, the extent of deformation in the Rigidex sample is

greater than that observed for Eltex. This is obvious as


the two polymers are different, Eltex being a HDPE whereas
Rigidex is MDPE. The yield stress of the MDPE is lower

than the HDPE. On comparing Figures 7.27 and 7.28 with 7.9

and 7.10, the extent of deformation at the sides for above

and below the MAZ is somewhat similar to the Eltex weld.


This is the result of extensive yielding that occurs from

the pseudo-notches. Figure 7.29 illustrates the extent of


deformation for the position away from the MAZ. The

deformation in this region is considerably lower than that

observed for other regions. This is because when the

centre region of the weld elongates, the stresses on the

outer and inner regions increase, so that these regions

also elongate. Shear zones were found not to creep much.

Page 181
t=0 seconds

t=40 seconds

t=80 seconds

t=150 seconds

5mm

Figure 7.25 Surface mounted grids on the RR1 sample,


shown during a tensile test as a function
of time. Tested at 5mm/min.

Page 182
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

The level of orientation in the shear zone was found to

have little influence in the failure behaviour.

The deformation modes for the Rigidex debeaded film tested

at 5mm/min behaved in a similar manner to the Eltex film,

which were shown previously in Figures 7.15-7.19. The

extent of deformation in the centre of MAZ was greatest.

The final failure occurred in this region which indicates

that the material in the centre of MAZ deforms more

readily.

7.5 EFFECT OF TESTING SPEED

Increasing the testing speed from 5mm/min to 50mm/min and


500mm/min for the debeaded Eltex and Rigidex welds
resulted in the failures taking place predominantly within
the centre of the weldline. The final failure modes were
believed to be influenced by a number of factors including

the following.

(i) scratch of test specimen;


(ii) Poission contraction and
(iii) geometry of sample.

Typical examples of failure mode for Eltex debeaded sample


tested at 5,50 and 500mm/min as a function of time are

presented in Figures 7.30 to 7.32.

Figure 7.30 illustrates a micrograph of the Eltex thin


film sample without the bead and tested at 5mm/min. The

fracture occurs near the inner surface within the MAZ.

Figures 7.31-32 are micrographs of the Eltex thin film

Page 183
250
A -- 't- 150 secs
__ 11t-100Secs
80 Secs
*---o t- {
p- - -p t- 40 Secs
O --- Ct- 20 Secs
1100
o---of-0Secs

r. 150
ro

Cl)
- 100
/ --- U,
__ ---i---
-.

50

n
1234567

Position across the Sanple

Figure 7.26 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Rigidex
(RR1) weld with beads for the weldline.

250
p- t1 t- 150 Seca
o-- --"t- 80 Secs
p- - -q t- 40 Secs
ß--- F] t- 20 Secs
200 o- - -0 t-0 Secs

150
gd
14
N
x 100
-

-'

50

3-"-"----9--------9"_
A
1234567

Pasiticn across the Sanple

Figure 7.27 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Rigidex
(RR1) weld with beads above the weldline.

Page 184
250

1100

a 150
.,,
it
41
rn
'~ 100

50

1357

Position across the Sanple

Figure 7.28 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Rigidex
(RR1) weld with beads below the weldline.

250

6- dt- 150 Secs


--it- 100 Secs
h--f t- 80 Secs
O --- fl t- 20 Secs
200
o----0t-0Secs

150

u
r
-
100

50
- --" -i --- -mai ý-
ý=='-ý
-- _
0
135

Position across the Sale

Figure 7.29 The effect of increasing the % applied strain


at seven different regions for the Rigidex
(RR1) weld with beads away from the weldline.

Page 185
samples tested at 50 and 500 mm/min. The deformation is

seen to be greater in the centre region (MAZ) which

results in the fracture for films tested at 50 mm/min. For

films tested at 500 mm/min, fracture initially occurs

within the centre region of MAZ. Gehde et al. [Gehde et

al., 1992] found the maximum stress to be within the MAZ.

The data presented by Gehde et al. is in agreement with

the illustration presented in Figures 7.30-7.32.

7.6 THIN FILMS - RIGIDEX

A limited study of the effects of joining temperature,

heat soak and welding pressure was carried out on the

Rigidex 002-50 microtomed welds by varying the standard

conditions as given in Table 3.3. The difference in the

condition were as follows:

RR1: standard condition;

R2: temperature 220°C;

R3: temperature 240°C;

R4: heat soak 210 seconds,

R5: heat soak 70 seconds,

R6: welding pressure 0.11MPa,

R7: welding pressure 0.41MPa.

Appendix 5 gives the extent of deformation resulting in

the seven positions across the four regions for the

Rigidex welds for each of the six samples tested. The

extent of deformation in the welded samples was obtained


by studying the video evidence as the final failures modes

were very similar to those discussed previously. However,

Page 186
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

t=0 seconds

t=100 seconds

ý.
5
ý..

t=150 seconds

t=165 seconds

5mm

Figure 7.30 Illustration of the fracture in Eltex


debeaded film tested at 5mm/min.

Page 187
Tensile Testing o Microtomed Welded Sections
Chapter 7

t=0 seconds

t=9 seconds

t=16 seconds

t=2 se cc: 1

5mm

Illustration of the fracture in Eltex


Figure 7.31
debeaded film tested at 50mm/min.

Page 188
t=0 seconds

t=0.5 seconds

t=0.7 seconds

t=1 seconds

5mm

Figure 7.32 Illustration of the fracture in Eltex


debeaded film tested at 500mm/min.

Page 189
Table 7.1 lists the summary of the results obtained from

Appendix 5, which illustrates the generalised area or

deformation in the 4 regions across the thin film and thus

the generalised place of deformation for the weld, MAZ and

for the set of points away from the MAZ.

The effect of changes in the joining temperature, heat-

soak and joining pressure on the deformation modes is

given in Table 7.1. Within the limits of the temperature

and pressure variations used in this study, an increase in

the joining temperature and pressure had relatively little

effect on the deformation modes. Even the change in the

heat-soak time had little influence in the failure


behaviour.

DEFORMATION

POINTS 1-7 POINTS 8-14 POINTS 15-21 POINTS 22-28

RR1 centre centre centre sides

R2 centre centre centre sides/across

R3 centre centre centre sides

R4 centre centre centre sides/across

R5 centre/side centre centre sides

R6 centre centre centre sides

R7 centre centre centre sides

centre: deformation in the middle;


centre/sides: deformation across in the middle or at sides;
side: deformation occurs at the side;
side/across: deformation occurs at the sides or across the
set of points

Table 7.1 General area of deformation across the set


of data points.

Page 190
7.7 FINAL FAILURE MODES FOR WELDED FILMS

From the video evidence, it can be seen that three types

of fracture paths occur for the beaded samples of Eltex

and Rigidex in relation to the MAZ. This is schematically

shown in Figure 7.33. In the type I, the fracture

initiated from the region between the outer weld bead and
the inner weld bead. The fracture then propagates outside
the MAZ up to half or greater than half the wall thickness

after which it continues to propagate through the MAZ

until final fracture through the weld beads occurs. In

type II, the fracture initiates from the same location as


in type I, but propagates completely outside the MAZ to

the point of final fracture underneath the outside of the


inner weld bead which is on the same side as the outer
bead. In the type III, the fracture initiates again from

the same location as type I but propagates across the MAZ

and the failure is underneath the outside/inside weld bead

which is on the opposite side of the inside/outside weld


bead where initiation took place.

Type I and II fractures were found to be the most common

modes by which the overwhelming number of Eltex and

Rigidex samples failed while testing at 50 and 500mm/min.

Figures 7.2-7.6 illustrate type II fracture in SS1 films

tested at 5mm/min. Type III failures were associated with

SS12 samples (low welding pressure). SS1 and RR1 samples

tested at the slowest speed failed by the type I and type

II manners. Figures 7.34-36 illustrate the type III

failure in SS12 films tested at 5mm/min.

Page 191
Bore Surface

Type I

Type II

Type III

Figure 7.33 Schematic illustration of the three


different types of crack propagation path
by which films failed.

Page 192
Cater 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

5mm

Figure 7.34 Eltex SS12 sample at the start of the test


showing no extention.

5mm

Figure 7.35 Eltex SS12 sample with 9mm extention,


showing type III fracture. Tested at
5mm/min.

Page 193
Chapter 7 Tensile Testing of Microtomed Welded Sections

5mm

Figure 7.36 Eltex SS12 sample with 16mm extention,


showing type III failure. Tested at
5mm/min.

7.8 SUMMARY

Micro-testing of butt fusion welds enable a study of the

deformation and failure behaviour of different regions of

welds. The extension in microtomed weld specimens can be

measured to determine the stress-strain behaviour of the

weld. In this way, it is now possible to quantify the

effects of the welding parameters on weld performance. The

stress-strain behaviour was found to same as that for the

macro-tensile specimens.

Page 194
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

TENSILE PROPERTIES

8.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter is concerned with the macroscopic tensile

test results and failure modes which were observed for the

butt fusion PE welds. As in the previous chapter, the

influence of welding conditions were investigated as a


function of position around the circumference of the pipe,
heat soak and testing speed. The influence of the bead on

the failure mode was also investigated.

8.2 PRELIMINARY TENSILE TESTS

A preliminary set of experiments were undertaken to select

an appropriate test specimen geometry for the welded and

unwelded pipe sections. This was necessary because the WRc

test specimen resulted in yielding at the pins and

therefore it was difficult to measure elongation

accurately. Table 8.1 shows the average values of seven

test specimens for the peak stress and elongation to

failure of Eltex pipe. The test specimen had gauge widths

of 15,10,8.5 and 5mm with a radius of curvature for the

profiles was 37mm. These results are presented in Figures

8.1 and 8.2. The peak stress values for specimens with a

gauge width of 15mm was observed to be lower than that for

Page 195
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

GUAGE PEAR STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)
WIDTH
(mm)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


15 24.6 (0.9) 23.8-24.4 198.3 (104.2) 98.9-290.3

10 26.4 (0.4) 25.7-26.8 77.2 (14.4) 57.4-102.0

8.5 26.5 (0.2) 26.2-26.7 81.8 (23.3) 60.4-106.56

5.0 27.6 (1.1) 25.9-28.8 48.0 (11.6) 33.0-65.4

Table 8.1 Summary of the tensile results for Eltex


unwelded profiled pipe strips having 4
different gauge widths. The samples were
tested at 10 mm/min.

30 -

2B

26

24

22

2
p5 --
10 15 20

cage Wdth (mm)

Figure 8.1 Graph of peak stress versus sample gauge


width for Eltex unwelded pipe strips.
Tested at 10mm/mm.

Page 196
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

a
S

05 10 15 20
Gage Width (mm)

Figure 8.2 Graph of elongation to failure versus


gauge width for Eltex unwelded pipe
strips. Tested at 10mm/min

the 10,8.5 and 5mm specimens. This can be attributed to

the necking that occurred. All the specimens with gauge

widths of 15mm had elongation at failure in the region of

200%. The observed failure mode was the formation of a

neck which then propagates through the weld, drawing

material from the edge of the shoulder of the parent

material. Only 2 of the samples actually fractured. It was

therefore concluded that profiled specimens having a gauge

width of 15mm were not suitable for tensile test. Table

8.2 lists the peak stress and percentage elongation to

failure values for the Eltex welds made at 230 °C using a

gauge width of 10 and 5mm respectively. The extension to

failure for samples with a gauge width of 10 and 5mm were

around 40 and 50 percent of the values obtained for the

unwelded pipe.

Page 197
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

GUAGE PEAK SRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


WIDTH (MPa) (%)

(_m)
AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE
10 27.1 (0.4) 26.6-27.7 30.3 (1.6) 27.8-31.9

5.0 29.2 (0.4) 28.1-29.5 23.8 (2.8) 19.4-27.4

Table 8.2 Summary of the tensile results for Eltex


weld made in accordance with Table 3.1 at
230°C, using 2 different gauge widths.
Tested at 10 mm/min.

Both the Eltex and Rigidex materials were studied in the

same way. Tensile tests were first carried out on unwelded

specimens and typical values of peak stress and percentage

elongation at fracture were recorded for each test

specimen.

8.3 EFFECT OF MACHINING MARKS ON TENSILE TESTING

The test geometry and the quality of the test specimen can

also have an influence on the tensile test fracture

surface. This coupled with the residual fabrication

stresses on the surface and bore of the extruded pipes


have an effect on the tensile properties. Therefore, any
induced gouges or nicks on the surface or bore of the pipe

may constitute a potential site of weakness for the

pipeline.

The effects of machining marks on the Eltex and Rigidex

samples were removed by polishing and re-melting the notch

area. The polishing was carried out using 1200 grade emery

paper. A 35mm diameter bar was heated to a temperature of

Page 198
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

150°C and was used to melt the aspirates from the notching

operation. Table 8.3 illustrates the results obtained

which show no improvement in the elongation to failure

values by the polishing and re-melting operations.

However, when the outer and inner skins were machined off

a significant improvement in the elongation to failure

values was seen for both the Eltex and Rigidex materials.
This could be due to the removal of macroscopic defects

leading to yielding which occurs at lower stress. As there


is a gradient property across the pipe wall, the outer

skin has lower mechanical (tensile) properties (see Table

8.3) .

PEAK STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) ($)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


ELTEX 27.1 (0.5) 26.2-27.8 128.8 (23.9) 71.5-157.2

UNWELDED

POLISHED 27.2 (0.1) 27.2-27.2 132.5 (2.3) 130.9-134.1

MELTED 26.1 (0.1) 25.9-26.2 139.4 (15.0) 118.9-154.8

SKIN-OFF 27.0 (0.1) 26.8-27.1 157.0 (22.8) 137.0-187.3

RIGIDEX 20.5(0.4) 19.9-21.0 197.7 (49.9) 130.5-256.2

UNWELDED

POLISHED 20.0 (0.5) 19.9-20.4 202.1 (98.0) 114.8-308.8

MELTED 20.0 (0.6) 19.6-20.7 201.0 (69.7) 151.7-250.3

SKIN-OFF 20.2 (0.4) 19.8-20.8 243.3 (33.2) 188.7-268.9

Table 8.3 Summary of the tensile results for Eltex


and Rigidex unwelded pipe strips of gauge
width 10mm. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 199
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

8.3.1 EFFECT OF DEFECTS ON TENSILE TESTING


tN`ý
The presence of defects on the notched Eltex unwelded

samples were investigated by using a drill of diameter

0.5mm. The samples were drilled to a depth of 1,2,3 and

4mm from each end to give a total defect length of 2,4,

6 and 8mm. The results are presented in Table 8.4 which

shows a dramatic change in the elongation at failure eg.


for Eltex unwelded it reduces from 128.8% to 45.1% for a
defect of 2mm.

DEFECT PEAK STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


SIZE (MPa) (%)
AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE

2mm 27.3 (0.3) 26.2-27.8 45.1 (5.2) 41.1-49.5

4mm 26.8 (0.2) 26.4-27.1 45.9 (4.1) 43.3-48.8

6mm 27.3 (0.2) 26.8-27.6 27,9 (7.1) 26.3-29.6

8mm 27.1 (0.1) 26.3-27.5 27.4 (3.2) 25.4-30.9

Table 8.4 Summary of the tensile results for Eltex


unwelded pipe strips having various length
of defects, defect diameter 0.5mm. Tested
at 50mm/min.

8.3.2 EFFECT OF NOTCHING (SKEWING) ON TENSILE TESTING

The difficulty of making consistent notches, particularly


with regards to the symmetry can also have an influence on
the tensile result. A preliminary set of experiments were
carried out to establish the effect of shifting the notch
by 2,4 and 8mm from one side. The results illustrated in
Table 8.5 shows that similar elongation to failure values

Page 200
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

were obtained to the original samples highlighting that

skewing had no major effect.

SKEWED PEAR STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


2mm 27.1 (0.4) 26.6-27.4 124.5 (5.3) 118.3-131.3

4mm 26.6 (0.3) 26.1-27.2 135.1 (7.2) 126.4-141.6

8mm 26.4 (0.1) 26.3-27.2 134.9 (6.7) 128.3-142.8

Table 8.5 Summary of the tensile results for Eltex


unwelded pipe strips. The notch was
displaced from one side by 2,4 and 8mm
respectively. Tested at 50mm/min.

8.4 INITIAL WELDING OF ELTEX AND RIGIDEX

Table 8.6 shows the average values of peak stress and


percentage extension to failure obtained for welds made
using different welding temperatures and pressures. The

results showed that the Eltex and Rigidex specimens had a


lower elongation to fracture value than the parent
materials. The percentage reductions for the Rigidex

specimens was 30% for welds corresponding to the standard


welding conditions. 60% reduction was observed for the
Eltex samples made under standard welding conditions. The

extrusion temperature of Eltex is higher then the

extrusion temperature of Rigidex. This coupled with the


lower thermal conductivity of Eltex as compared to the
Rigidex results in slower cooling. Examination of

microtomed sections has shown that Eltex has a larger

distribution of spherulite sizes which results from slower

Page 201
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

PEAR STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


ELTEX 26.4 (0.4) 25.7-26.9 77.2 (14.4) 57.4-101.9

UNWELDED

S220 28.0 (0.4) 27.0-29.1 26.0 (4.7) 19.5-31.9

S230 27.1 (0.4) 26.6-27.7 30.3 (1.6) 27.8-31.8

S230A 28.3 (0.4) 28.1-28.8 37.5 (8.5) 24.3-52.2


.
S230B 28.3 (0.3) 28.0-28.7 32.4 (4.1) 24.4-38.0

S240 27.4 (0.5) 26.9-27.9 28.1 (4.2) 22.2-34.1

RIGIDEX 21.2 (1.9) 19.4-23.2 76.4 (20.1) 62.8-105.8

UNWELDED

R220 20.7 (0.2) 20.3-21.0 49.4 (5.3) 43.2-56.9

R230 22.2 (2.0) 20.8-24.8 53.3 (8.1) 42.9-63.6

R230A 21.6 (1.5) 20.6-22.5 52.1 (10.8) 43.1-70.2


R230B 21.0 (1.2) 20.8-21.4 46.8 (6.3) 39.6-55.6

R240 -
20. 3) 20.5-21.2 49.6 (3.4)
-9(o . 40.3-55.8

S Eltex Solvay
R BP Rigidex

Table 8.6 Summary of the tensile results for Eltex


and Rigidex welds tested at 10 mm/min.

cooling (see Figure 6.13, section 6.4.1, page 151). The


fracture of Eltex follows a characteristic pattern, in

that a pin hole appears in the weld line, which to


grows a
circular hole until fracture occurs at the shoulder at one
end of the gauge length. This is pictorially illustrated

in Figure 8.12. The results are graphically presented in

Figures 8.3 and 8.4 and show that acceptable welds may be

Page 202
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

produced in the temperature range 220-240°C with the

optimum welding temperature being about 230°C for both

Eltex and Rigidex. The peak stress values obtained at the

various welding temperatures varied by less than 5% but

the elongation to failure varied by 20%. However, the


Eltex samples which were welded under the condition 230A
(Table 3.3) varied by 38% of the average values quoted.
Even so these elongation to failure values were
sufficiently reproducible to indicate trends by the

variation in the welding temperature. For welds made at


230°C using long soak times and high pressure and 240°C

under standard conditions, no adverse affects were

noticed. However, as expected the weld beads were


relatively larger.

Vanspeybroeck [Vanspeybroeck, 1995] studied more than 100


different fusion conditions using 7 different PE resins of
MFI 0.3 to 1.2 and pipe diameters from 110 to 315mm. He
found that welds with large beads had shorter failure

times than welds with small beads. He also found that the
large beads do not always fail in the fusion zone. He also

observed that welds with small beads generally failed in

the middle of the fusion zone. The difference between

small and large beads is of course a function the


of
joining pressure and the MFI of the PE material itself.

Vanspeybroeck [Vanspeybroeck, 1995] carried out finite

element calculations on different geometeries of the bead

and found that the bead geometry influences the stress


distribution in the bead area. The large beads were found

to have a higher stress concentration which failed

prematurely giving a low elongation to failure values.

Page 203
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

a,

T'
28,26

24
n- Q Rigfdex
0 Btex

221

210 220 230 240' 250

Welcin9 tarperahre (OC)

Graph of peak stress for Eltex and Rigidex


Figure 8.3
versus welding temperature; pressure
constant at 0.15MPa. Tested at 10mm/mm.

60

50
ö


5

40
s
oF gide'c
o Btex

I 30
2D
210 --- --- --
14 --

VVddngTerPeratuern

Graph of elongation to failure for Eltex and


Figure 8.4
Rigidex versus welding temperature; welding
pressure constant at 0.15MPa. Tested at
10mm/min.

Page 204
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

8.5 ELTEX PE WELDS

A summary of the tensile results for the beaded and


debeaded Eltex specimens are presented in Tables 8.7 and

8.8. The results for the beaded specimens are also

presented graphically in Figures 8.5 and 8.6. Variations


in the welding pressure had a minimal effect on the
tensile strengths of the joints. Typical tensile traces
for the pipe strips and the welds (SS1, RR1 and SR1) with
and with out the beads are presented in Appendix G.

PEAK STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


SS1 28.3 (0.6) 27.7-29.0 32.1 (1.3) 31.0-33.3

SS2 28.3 (0.4) 27.8-28.8 31.6 (1.2) 30.2-32.7

SS3 29.3 (0.7) 28.7-30.3 34.7 (5.9) 27.8-41.7

SS4 29.3 (0.6) 29.5-38.9 41.8 (1.0) 40.7-43.1

SS5 29.3 (0.1) 29.3-29.4 36.0 (4.8) 31.5-42.1

SS6 29.7 (0.4) .29.4-30.3 29.0 (5.1) 24.9-36.3

SS7 27.9 (1.1) 26.9-29.5 16.1 (4.1) 12.5-20.7

SS8 30.8 (0.6) 29.9-31.3 36.2 (2.5) 33.3-39.2

SS9 29.6 (0.4) 29.0-29.9 29.2 (0.9) 28.2-29.8


SS10 28.6 (0.5) 28.4-29.4 29.2 (1.7) 27.0-31.0

SS11 30.2 (1.1) 29.2-31.3 35.8 (6.7) 30.9-45.6

SS12 27.4 (2.2) 25.4-30.5 19.7 (6.6) 9.9-24.3

SS13 30.2 (0.7) 29.6-31.2 30.4 (1.2) 29.1-31.7

SS14 29.9 (0.6) 29.3-30.6 28.2 (2.0)' 25.4-29.5

Table 8.7 Summary of the tensile results for the


Eltex beaded welds tested at 50 mm/min.

Page 205
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

The spread of results from the debeaded specimens was

again small, a slight decrease in the tensile strength was

seen as the joining pressure was increased. The average

maximum tensile strength achieved with these debeaded

samples was 28 MPa, which was actually smaller than the


beaded samples (30 MPa) but similar to that of the parent
material (26 MPa). Figure 8.6 shows that good results are

achieved over a pressure range of 0.02 to 0.21 MPa. Table

8.8 shows that elongation to failure values had reached a

maximum at 0.09 MPa joining pressure for the debeaded

specimens (SS14). With the beaded specimens, the

elongation to failure was found not to be influenced by

the welding pressure. A possible reason for the this could


be due to the fact the butt fusion machine which was used
was pressure controlled. In other words, for a specified
heat-soak time, the amount of material in the molten state
will be the same. Therefore, the amount of the extruded
material in the bead will first increase for low pressures
and then level off for the higher pressures. Figures 8.7
to 8.10 give the peak stress and elongation to failure

values for welds made under varying heat soak times at


pressures of 0.15 and 0.02 MPa and a temperature of 230
oC

Variations in heat soak time had a minimal the


effect on
tensile strength of the joints at different pressures
although the elongation to failure values were for
greater
the debeaded samples at 0.15 MPa joining pressure as
compared with the elongation to failure values at an
applied pressure of 0.02 MPa.

Page 206
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

PEAK STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


DSS1 27.6 (0.3) 27.4-27.7 35.5 (5.1) 31.90-39.1

DSS2 27.0 (0.3) 26.6-27.3 49.5 (25.6) 23.9-75.1

DSS3 27.4 (0.2) 27.2-27.5 28.7 (6.8) 21.8-35.5

DSS4 27.3 (0.1) 27.2-27.4 25.6 (0.8) 24.8-26.4

DSS5 27.3 (0.4) 26.9-29.4 23.6 (1.6) 22.5-26.7

DSS6 27.4 (0.5) 26.8-27.9 22.5 (2.3) 18.7-24.8

DSS7 27.0 (0.6) 26.4-27.9 24.2 (3.7) 18.7-30.3


DSS8 27.5 (0.2) 27.1-27.6 31.4 (4.8) 26.3-38.4

DSS9 27.3 (1.0) 25.4-28.1 38.9 (25.2) 26.1-90.1

DSS10 27.7 (0.2) 27.3-27.9 90.2 (56.1) 29.9-160.5

DSS11 27.2 (0.3) 26.7-27.6 54.9 (51.9) 28.7-160.6

DSS12 27.2 (0.5) 26.4-27.7 23.9 (4.5) 18.0-29.0

DSS13 27.3 (0.3) 26.8-27.7 31.1 (6.7) 24.5-43.8


DSS14 27.5 (0.3) 27.0-27.8 85.5 (52.3) 30.1-157.7

Table 8.8 Summary of the tensile results for the


Eltex debeaded welds tested at 50 mm/min.

With low joining pressures, fracture occurred in the weld


line. The test results from the debeaded specimens
highlight the fact that specimen geometry plays a major
role when evaluating welded joints. All of the welds
tested with the bead retained showed elongations to
failure to be much lower than that for the parent material
whereas the debeaded tensile specimen with a pressure of
0.09 MPa gave elongation to failure values equivalent to

the parent material. Surprisingly, in some cases welds

with beads from "bad" fusion conditions (SS2, SS13, SS14,

Page 207
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

D
30

2B

,L

0
welting Pr re (MPa)

Figure 8.5 Graph of peak stress versus welding


pressure for Eltex; welding temperature
constant at 230 °C. Tested 50mm/mm.
at

60

Q Debeaded
o Beaded

50

LL
40
.9

I .
30

0
20
0 a2 as 0.6 0.8
WeldingPressire(Wa)

Figure 8.6 Graph of elongation to failure versus


welding pressure for Eltex; welding
temperature constant at 230°C. Tested at
50mm/min.

Page 208
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

o DeUxKW
o Beaded

2,9

28

Z7

100 200 300 400 500

HeatSoak(S)

Figure 8.7 Graph of peak stress versus heat soak time


for Eltex at the welding pressure of
0.15MPa. Tested at 50mm/min.

100

O Deeded
O Beetled

80
ö

IJ.
60
O

0
40

20
100 200 300 400 500
HeatSoak(S)

Figure 8.8 Graph of elongation to failure versus heat


soak time for Eltex at the welding
pressure of 0.15MPa. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 209
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

30
Q Debeaded
o Beaded

29

28

27

26
100 200 300 400 500

HeatSo* (S)

Figure 8.9 Graph of peak stress versus heat soak time


for Eltex at the welding pressure of
0.02MPa. Tested at 50mm/min.

100 200 300 400 500

HeatSoak(S)

Figure 8.10 Graph of elongation to failure versus heat


soak time for Eltex at the welding
pressure of 0.02MPa. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 210
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

RR2, RR13 and RR14 - Tables 8.7 and 8.9) performed better

than welds from "good" fusion conditions. This was due to

the fact that small filaments of the yielded polymer

continued to be drawn from the surface region after the

central section of the weld had failed in some of the

welds. This coupled with the fact that in the beaded

specimens with the weld bead retained, fracture initiated

from the notch below the bead,. indicates the importance of


the notching effect. In the beaded samples, the failure

was in all cases initiated by the notch formed the


at
junction of the weld bead and the pipe wall. Our recent
data suggests that the actual failure tended to run in one
of two directions, either straight across the sample
through the parent material to the notch below the
opposite weld bead or it ran diagonally through the weld,
through the heat affected zone to meet the notch the
of
bead on the other side of the weld. This is shown in
Figure 8.11. For the debeaded samples, in the majority of
the cases, a pin hole appeared in the weld line, which
grows to a circular hole until fracture occurred. This is
illustrated in Figure 8.12.

The test results from low interface fusion stress between


0.02 to 0.09 MPa (Tables 8.7 and 8.8, welds SS2, SS13 and
debeaded) [increased
SS14 beaded and confirm that heat soak
time coupled with reduced interface fusion stress are
beneficial in promoting the required ductility in the
tensile weld test. This is due to the fact that melt is

retained in the weld zone which has a uniform spherulitic


structure similar to that of adjacent, non joint material.
Similar observations have been made by Marshall et al.,
[Marshall2 et al., 19951.

Page 211
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties


ý:
t=0 seconds

t=12 seconds

r=2

r=27 ýý TP. QS

5mm

Figure 8.11 Illustration of the failure of Eltex welded


sample with beads. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 212
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

t=0 seconds

v3 r.

ý1

t=2 seconds

t=2.5 seconds

t=3 seconds

5mm

Figure 8.12 Illustration of the failure of Eltex welded


sample without beads. Tested at 50mm/min.
temperature constant at 2300C. Tested at
50mm/min.

Page 213
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

8.6 RIGIDEX PE WELDS

The results of welds made over a range of pressures and

without beads are presented in Tables 8.9 and 8.10. The

results are graphically presented in Figures 8.13 and 8.14

and show that variations in welding pressure have a


minimal effect on the tensile strength of the joint

produced. The spread of the results from the beaded

samples is around 2 MPa at any one pressure value whereas


the spread from the debeaded samples is again small to

within 1 MPa. Figure 8.14 shows that acceptable welds are


produced in the pressure range 0.09 to 0.63 MPa, with the

optimum welding pressure being 0.21 MPa. The debeaded

samples RR3 to RR6 gave elongation to failure values


similar to that obtained for the parent material. However,

a number of samples did not break and the test was stopped
for the RR3 to RR6 samples. For samples tested with the
welding bead left on, the elongation to failure values
were smaller. Necking occurred away from the weld, the
failure was initiated by the notch between the bead and
the gauge length. The final fracture occured in this

region. Figure 8.15 illustrates the pseudo-notch failure

of the Rigidex weld made under standard welding conditions


(RR1). Figure 8.16 and 8.17 illustrate the affect of
varying heat soak time with pressure of 0.02 MPa and a
welding temperature of 230°C. It can be seen that the
debeaded samples gave the highest elongation to failure

values at a heat soak time of 380 seconds. This is

somewhat surprising as only a low pressure was used.

Page 214
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

PEAR STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE

RR1 22.1 (0.4) 21.5-22.4 52.7 (6.7) 44.9-60.5

RR2 22.5 (0.1) 22.5-22.7 37.1 (7.4) 28.1-45.9

RR3 20.9 (0.3) 20.6-21.3 48.8 (7.1) 41.3-61.1

RR4 20.8 (0.2) 20.5-21.0 55.0 (8.0) 44.4-67.4

RR5 20.5 (0.3) 20.2-20.9 51.1 (1.8) 39.6-54.0

RR6 20.6 (0.7) 20.2-22.0 60.9 (12.4) 48.4-78.4

RR7 22.5 (0.3) 22.3-22.9 41.5 (1.6) 39.8-43.0

RR8 23.2 (0.4) 22.7-23.5 41.3 (1.8) 39.6-43.8

RR10 22.8 (0.2) 22.6-23.0 43.5 (2.1) 41.4-46.0

RR12 19.4 (0.2) 18.3-21.0 15.8 (5.0) 06.7-16.6

RR13 22.6 (0.2) 22.4-22.8 38.7 (1.5) 37.6-40.8

RR14 22.3 (0.4) 21.7-22.6 39.8 (2.3) 37.8-42.2

Table 8.9 Summary of the tensile results for the


Rigidex beaded welds at 50mm/min.

8.7 MIXED WELDS BETWWEN ELTEX and RIGIDEX

Welds by adopting the conditions from Table 3.4


were made

over a range of pressures. Tensile tests were then carried

out in the usual way. Table 8.11 gives the peak stress and

to failure for both the beaded and debeaded


elongation

samples. Figures 8.18 and 8.19 shows the effect of

increasing the welding pressure on the peak stress and the

elongation to failure. The elongation to failure was seen

to reach a maximum at a pressure of 0.31 MPa, but only


falls slightly even when the welding pressure was 0.15 MPa

for beaded samples. When the welding pressure was 0.02

MPa, contraction cavities were seen in the fracture

surfaces indicating poor adhesion. For debeaded samples

Page 215
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

the maximum elongation to failure value is achieved at a

pressure of 0.21 MPa. For beaded and debeaded samples,

yielding always occurs in the Rigidex half of the

specimen. This was expected as the yield stress for

Rigidex PE is 20 MPa compared with 27 MPa for the Eltex

material. Two types of fracture were observed for the

specimens tested with the weld bead removed. Low welding

pressure resulted in the fracture occurring at the weld.

For welds made under or near optimum conditions


(industrial conditions), displacement of more than 65 mm
were obtained and the neck again initiated in the Rigidex

samples and ran through the weld. Fracture finally

occurred either at the end of the gauge length in the


Rigidex test specimens or at the weld interface. These
fractures were similar to those shown in Figures 8.12 and
8.15 for debeaded and beaded samples.

8.8 DUAL PRESSURE WELDS

Using the standard joining profiles as shown in Figure


2.5, page 23, the HDPE pipe welds with wall thickness

greater than 20mm gave a brittle type of response when


tested using the sample shape specified in Figure 2.7,
page 46. To overcome the brittle response the "dual

pressure welding" profile has been developed. This extends


the welding time whereby high interface pressures have
been retained only for the bead-up and the short term melt
mixing phases of the process.

A limited amount of dual pressure welds for Eltex and


Rigidex were made. Table 8.12 shows the results for

welds produced by the dual pressure process. In all cases

Page 216
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

PEAR STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) (%)
AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE
DRR1 20.7 (0.8) 19.5-21.3 87.4 (40.8) 43.6-142.2

DRR2 21.0 (0.3) 20.7-21.3 46.4 (5.9) 39.2-53.6

DRR3 21.3 (0.7) 20.4-22.3 264.5 (19.4) 231.. 5-278.5

DRR4 21.6 (0.8) 20.7-22.9 232.4 (72.5) 130.5-291.7

DRR5 21.1 (0.8) 20.1-23.7 248.5 (33.4) 190.2-290.2

DRR6 21.2 (0.7) 20.6-22.6 240.0 (43.1) 166.2-281.0

DRR7 21.3 (0.3) 21.0-21.7 69.7 (46.3) 42.4-163.7

DRR8 21.4 (0.2) 21.2-21.6 140.8 (74.5) 60.8-227.3

DRR10 21.3 (0.4) 20.7-21.9 209.3 (47.6) 118.8-251.0

DRR12 20.8 (0.2) 20.5-21.1 89.9 (39.0) 57.2-160.9

DRR13 21.3 (0.4) 21.8-21.8 50.8 (4.1) 44.9-54.6

DRR14 21.0 (0.4) 20.5-21.6 154.8 (88.1) 43.0-246.1

Table 8.10 Summary of the tensile results for the


Rigidex debeaded welds tested at 50mm/min

D
23

I I¢ýý
22
21

20
0 0.2 a4 0.6 0.8

Welcing Pressire (PvPa)

Figure 8.13 Graph of peak stress versus welding


pressure for Rigidex; welding temperature
constant at 230°C. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 217
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

v
^e

c
1i
2

0 Q2 Q4 0.6 0.8

waking Pressure
(N9'a)

Figure 8.14 Graph of elongation to failure versus


welding pressure for Rigidex; welding

PEAK STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) ($)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


SRl 23.6 (0.3) 23.2-24.0 39.0 (1.2) 37.2-40.3

SR2 22.1 (0.5) 21.2-22.8 30.2 (2.2) 26.7-33.3

SR3 23.1 (0.4) 22.6-23.6 47.1 (1.8) 44.6-49.5

SR4 22.7 (0.3) 22.4-23.1 51.7 (6.7) 47.0-64.7

DSR1 22.9 (0.3) 22.5-23.4 73.2 (28.5) 46.3-132.7

DSR2 22.0 (0.4) 21.5-22.5 65.0 (25.1) 35.4-109.2

DSR3 23.0 (0.3) 22.4-23.4 97.8 (31.5) 73.2-143.4

DSR4 22.7 (0.3) 22.3-23.1 73.6 (7.1) 66.1-82.6

SR MIXED WELDS

D DEBEADED

Table 8.11 Summary of the tensile results for mixed


welds of Eltex and Rigidex, beaded and
debeaded. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 218
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

t=0 seconds

t=12 seconds

t=20 seconds

t=27 seconds

5mm

Figure 8.15 Illustration of the failure of Rigidex


welded sample with beads. Tested at
50mm/min.

Page 219
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

25
Beaded
FO 0 D2beaded

24

.,
22

20

18
100 200 sW 4W am

HeatSoak(S)

Figure 8.16 Graph of peak stress versus heat soak time


for Rigidex at the welding pressure of
0.02MPa. Tested at 50mm/min.

160

O Beaded

12D

S 80
6

01
100 2W xU 4W 5W

HeatSods(S)

Figure 8.17 Graph of elongation to failureversus heat


soak for Rigidex at the welding pressure
of 0.02MPa. Tested at 50mm/min.

Page 220
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

a Dýebeaded
o Beacfad
24

23

22

21F

0.1 UZ UJ U.4

WeldingPreswm (Wa)

Figure 8.18 Graph of peak stress versus welding


pressure for mixed welds; welding
temperature constant at 230°C. Tested at
50mm/min.

113

0.1 Q2 0.3 0.4


0
Waking Pressire (NPa)

Figure 8.19 Graph of elongation to failure


versus
welding pressure for mixed welds; welding
temperature constant at 230°C. Tested at
50mm/min.

Page 221
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

a hot-plate temperature of 230°C was used. The sample

geometry was identical to that used for the welded pipe


tests. For the dual pressure welds, the peak stress

results remain relatively constant but the elongation to


failure results were found to vary when compared with the

single pressure welds (Tables 8.7 and 8.9). The dual

pressure method showed an improvement in the displacement

to break values of welded specimens for both Eltex and


Rigidex by 20V and 10% respectively. The improved weld
performance is due to the recrystallisaton that takes
place with a 0.025 MPa interface pressure during cooling.
Eltex pipe materials are extremely crystalline and
examination of the microtomed sections has shown that
large spherulites are generated by the slow cooling during

pipe production. This is shown in Figure 6.13. In the


conventional welding process with relatively high applied
pressure during cooling, the shearing action of the molten
MAZ causes immense distortion to the crystal structure.
However, when there is little or no net pressure applied
during the cooling phase, then the structural distortion

of the pipe wall : MAZ boundary is minimised. Similar

observations have been reported by Marshall et al.


[Marshall2 et al., 1995] whilst working on Eltex Tub 124

series materials. They report that the sensitivity of the

weld toughness to the applied cooling pressure arises


solely as a consequence of the generation of a plane of
local weakness caused by melt shear. This can only be

minimised by reducing the cooling pressure since shear is.


inevitable and desirable for melt mixing during the
initial surface contact phase. With the Rigidex pipe welds
it was not possible to discern any significant spherulitic

structure using conventional light microscopy. Since the

Page 222
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

spherulites are so small, the distortion of the structure

at the MAZ boundary is of almost no significant.

The fracture in the beaded samples occurred in the usual

way, the fracture being initiated by the notch between the


bead and the gauge length.

PEAR STRESS ELONGATION AT FAILURE


(MPa) ($)

AVERAGE RANGE AVERAGE RANGE


SBRO10 28.7 (0.6) 28.2-29.4 38.7 (3.2) 35.6-41.6

SBRO5 28.1 (0.4) 27.6-28.4 37.1 (5.2) 34.4-44.9

SHS450 28.7 (0.5) 28.1-29.4 38.7 (5.5) 32.9-43.5

RBRO10 21.8 (0.3) 21.6-22.1 58.3 (13.1) 45.2-71.8


RBRO5 21.9 (0.4) 21.4-22.2 57.2 (11.4) 46.2-67.2

RHS450 22.4 (0.3) 22.0-22.6 56.9 (9.0) 47.1-68.1

S ELTEX
R RIGIDEX
BRO BEAD ROLL OVER TIME
HS HEAT SOAK

Table 8.12 Summary of the tensile results for beaded


dual pressure welds of Eltex and Rigidex
°C.
made at 230 Tested at 50mm/min.

8.9 FAILURE MODE IN SIMPLE TENSILE TESTING OF BUTT-WELDS

Tensile testing of Eltex and Rigidex rarely produced a


failure which was anything other than ductile. The only

exception to this was the planar interface failure which

results from inadequate molecular mixing at the interface

Page 223
Chapter 8 Tensile Properties

between the 2 pipe ends during the fusion process. These

were seen for the long heat-soak time and low fusion

stress welds made in Eltex and Rigidex samples (SS8,

SS12, RR8 and RR12).

The influence that even quite large variation in fusion

pressure and heat soak have on the actual weld ductility

is not clearly revealed by this tensile test. The final

failure modes were similar to that observed for the

microtomed section, which is presented in Figure 7.33,

section 7.6, page 192. In the case of dual pressure welds,


increased heat-soak time and a lower secondary joining

stress benefited the weld and also resulted in stress and

orientation free weld zones.

Page 224
CHAPTER 9
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR

FURTHER WORK

9.1 INTRODUCTION

The butt fusion joining of polymers is a very common

The main application is in the production of


process.
where many thousand joints are made each year.
pipelines
Many studies have concentrated on optimising the joining

parameters for particular materials and applications

than the more fundamental aspects underlying the


rather
joining process. This meant that a detailed understanding

the microstructure of butt fusion welds has not been


of
in any great detail.
addressed

The study concerns the more fundamental aspects of


present

the process which are vital if it is to be fully


welding
This knowledge will assist in the optimisation
understood.
improvement of the joining process. The macro- and
and
of the butt fused PE pipes have been
micro-structure

studied in detail. An understanding of the microstructure

the deformation modes in the welds will enable this


and
technique to be applied to the joining of different

materials. Since most of the welding of PE is carried out

in potentially uncontrolled conditions, it is


on site

Page 225
imperative to have confidence that the welding process is

tolerant of variations in the welding practice.

9.2 CONCLUSIONS

9.2.1 MATERIAL CHARACTERISATION

The density of the pipe was found to increase from the

surface through the bore of the pipe wall. The density of


the butt weld was constant through the pipe wall thickness
but was greater than that of the pipe.

The molecular weight distribution showed that there are no

significant changes in the number average weight or the

weight average molecular weight for resin and Rigidex 002-


50 pipe in terms of surface, mid and bore positions in the

pipe wall thickness. However, for the Eltex Tub 124 the

surface exhibited the lowest molecular weight value.

The Eltex virgin pellets were found to exhibit higher

crystallinity values compared to the Rigidex pellets. The

melt-onset for the extruded pipe was found to be higher

than the pellets, which increases in going from the outer

surface of the pipe to the bore. Milling the samples to

produce the test specimens for the OIT study was found to

significantly decrease the thermo-oxidative resistance of


the Eltex resin.

9.2.2 WELD GEOMETRY and DIMENSIONS

The flow of the molten polymer during the butt fusion

welding process was found to influence the shape and


dimensions of the weld. The bead dimensions of all the

Page 226
welds tested increased as the welding pressure increased.

The bead dimensions were also found to be dependent on


their respective position around the circumference of the

pipe. It was readily apparent that the outer bead width


for the top position was always smaller than the outer
bead width for the bottom position. Whereas, for the inner

bead, the bead width for the top position was always

greater than that for the bottom position. Furthermore,

the overall shape was also dependent on whether the bead

corresponded to the inner or outer surface of the pipe. It

was proposed that the overall shape of the beads may be

partly attributed to the influence of gravity on the

molten bead material and the resultant microstructure of


the pipe. The molten material 'sags' under its own weight.
This implied that a greater volume of material was
forcibly extruded due to the influence of gravity. The

width measurements, which were recorded using image

analysis, correlated very closely with the manual

measurements which were taken using digital vernier

callipers.

The bottom outer bead area was always greater than the top

outer bead; and the top inner bead area was always greater
than the bottom inner bead area. These trends were similar
to that observed for the bead-widths. It was also clear
that for welding pressures in excess of 0.21 MPa, the
increase in the extruded bead area was relatively small.
It was found that the flow of the molten material was
"
influenced by its relative position in the weld.
Furthermore, it was shown that with increased heat-soak

time, a corresponding increase in the bead area was

obtained.

Page 227
The MAZ lengths for the outer and inner at the top and

bottom positions always showed that the top outer length

less than the bottom outer length and the top inner
was
length was greater than the bottom inner length. In

general, the length of MAZ was found to be a function of

the position along the circumference of the pipe and the

welding pressure. The length of the MAZ was always found

to be the greatest when the bead area was the greatest.

However, the centre MAZ length was found to decrease along

with the welding pressure.

The bead data in conjunction with the deformation studies

of the welds (using microtomed sections) can facilitate a

comprehensive database which can be used to assist on-site

visual inspection of joints.

9.2.3 MACRO- and MICRO-STRUCTURAL EXAMINATION

Extensive wear of the polished steel knife was noted as a


function of the number of microtomed sections taken. A

procedure and methodology for polishing the microtome

knife was developed and defined in this research

programme. This study has shown that the judgement and

competence of the operator is important in maintaining an

efficient cutting edge for the knife.

Examination of the welded specimens in the transmission

light microscope suggested that the material adjacent to

the weld interface had an enhanced level of molecular

orientation. This orientation indicated that shear flow

had occurred in the region across the MAZ between the

molten material in the MAZ and the cooler parent pipes.

Page 228
This effect was also observed at the melt-solid boundary

at the edge of the weld.

The extent to which the shearing of the molten material

occurred varied with pressure. In welds produced with high

joining pressures, the MAZ was considerably narrower.


Although there was evidence that shear flow had occurred

at the melt-solid boundary, the weld interface was much


less defined. In welds produced with low joining

pressures, the weld interface could be clearly discerned,

with a large MAZ. The macrostructural features of the

welds were found to be dependent on the position around

the circumference of the pipe. The elongated spherulitic

structure which was observed on the bore region of the

Eltex Tub 124 pipe was also observed in the inner bead

region. The inner skin apparently does not melt during the

welding operation. Examination of the microstructure of

each weld had shown the presence of five different zones.


These zones have been explained on the basis of the flow

of the material at the weld and the consequent temperature

variations.

9.2.4 TENSILE TESTING - MICROTOMED WELDED SECTIONS

Microtomed tensile testing of the butt fused welds enabled

a study of the deformation and failure behaviour of

different regions in the welds. The deformation in the

microtomed weld specimen was measured using surface-

mounted grids and image analysis. The initial deformation

was greatest in the centre region of the MAZ. The presence

of beads was found to act as a stress concentrator which

was responsible for the final failure in the pseudo-notch

Page 229
regions at the junction of the beads and the bulk polymer.
Three types of fracture paths were observed for the beaded

samples. For the debeaded samples, the failure was found

to occur within the centre of the MAZ, which was also the

area of maximum deformation.

The testing speed was found to have an effect on the final


failure in the Eltex Tub 124 and Rigidex 002-50 debeaded

microtomed samples. Increasing the testing speed from


5mm/min. to 500mm/min. resulted in the failures taking

place predominantly within the centre of the weldline.

The effect of changes in the joining temperature heat-


,
soak and joining pressure on the deformation modes of
Rigidex 002-50 had relatively little effect the
on
deformation modes. Even the change in the heat-soak time
had little influence in the observed failure behaviour.

9.2.5 TENSILE PROPERTIES

A series of tensile tests were undertaken on the welded

specimens using the WRc tensile profile. This resulted in

yielding at the pins and therefore it proved very


difficult to measure elongation to failure accurately of
the material within the weld zone. A study into tensile

testing resulted in the development of a new tensile test

geometry.

The stress-strain curves obtained for the butt joints

showed higher elongation to failure values for good fusion

conditions, though the yield strengths were the same. The

tensile test showed differences in the elongation to

Page 230
failure only when the welding conditions were

unfavourable. All of the welds with the beads retained

showed elongations to failure to be much lower than that

for the parent materials. With the beads left on, failure

initiated from the notch, formed at the junction of the

weld bead, and the pipe wall. The removal of the beads

enabled a clearer picture of the weld to be obtained.

A limited study into dual pressure welding resulted in an


improvement in the elongation to failure values for the

welded specimens. This was attributed to the

recrystallisation that takes place with minimum structural

distortion at the pipe wall and MAZ boundary.

9.3 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER WORK

The present and future widespread use of the butt fusion

welding process in the construction of pipelines systems

world wide suggests that active research into all aspects

of the process should continue. Future work should focus

on three distinct but complimentary directions: (i)

materials and microstructural characterisation, (ii)

modelling the butt fusion process for large diameter pipes


by computer simulation and (iii) experimental data to

validate the computer simulation.

A better understanding of the influence of thermal and


rhelogical properties on the weldability of pipe materials
is needed. This would allow a direct link to be made
between the morphology of the pipe material and its

optimum welding conditions. Furthermore, it is also

Page 231
necessary to gain an understanding in to the influence of

the physical ageing on the integrity of the weldline.

To enhance our knowledge in the area of butt fusion

welding, the next significant work has to concentrate on

the mechanisms involved in the melt fusion process. This

could be studied by using radioactive labeling or dopants

in the interface region. For example, SIMS and NMR can be

used to characterise the interface.

The surface mounted grids method for micro-tensile testing

be refined to include higher resolution polarising


could
This will enable the deformation behaviour to
microscope.
be observed in the microscope. Finite element analysis of

the weld zones could be correlated with the weld zone

microstructures.

Impact testing could be used to assess the relative

toughness of the interface and the MAZ in the welds.

Notching the samples can be carried out by inserting


of
blades at the interface during the welding
surgical
operation.

Fatigue test using single edge notched specimens could be

used to assess the quality of the welded sections and

pipes. This mode of testing may prove to be a


extruded

effective and reliable means of evaluating long term


cost
of the butt fused joints.
performance

Page 232
1ý\

REFERENCES
Allen, N. S., Degradation and Stabilisation of Polyolefins,

Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, London, (1983). -

Allen, N. S., Marshall, G. P., Vasillion, C., Moore, L. M.

Kotecha, J. L., Luc-Gordette, J. and Valange, B., oxidation

processes in blue water pipe, Polymer Degradation and

Stability, 20(1988)315-324.

Allen, N. S., Vasiliou, C., Marshall, G. P. and Chen, W.,

Light stabliser, antioxidant and pigment interactions in

the thermal and photochemical oxidation of polyethylene


films, Polymer Degradation and Stability, 24(1989) Part 1,

17-31.

Allen, N. S., Moore, L. M., Marshall, G. P., Vasiliou, C.,

Kotecha, J. and Valange, B., Diffusion and extractability

characteristics of antioxidants in blue polyethylene water

pipe: a DSC and radiolabeling study, Polymer Degradation

and Stability, 27 (1990) 145-157.

Amin, M. U., Scott, G. M. and Tillerkertne, L. M., Mechanisms

Photo-Initiation Process in Polyethylene, Pargammon


of
Press, London, (1975).

Anandu, J. N. and Dipzinski, L., Interfacial contact and

bonding in autohesion: IV-experimental verification of

theory, J. of Adhesion, 2(1970)16-22.

Page 233
Anandu, J. N. and Karam, H. J., Interfacial contact and
bonding in autohesion: I-contact theory, J. of Adhesion,

1(1969)16-23.

Atkinson, J. R. and DeCourcy, D. R., The assessment of


fusion joint quality and some evidence for the presence of
molecular orientation in butt fusion welds in polyethylene

pipes, Plastics and Rubber Processing and Applications,.


1(1981)287-292.

Atkinson, J. R. and Ward, I. M., Joining of biaxially

oriented polyethylene pipes, Polymer Engineering and


Science, 29(1989)1638-1641.

Barber, P. and Atkinson, J. R., Some microstructural


features of the welds in butt welded polyethylene and

polybutene-1 pipes, J. Material Science, 7(1972)1131-1136.

Barber, P. and Atkinson, J. R., The use of tensile tests to


determine the optimum conditions for butt fusion welding

certain grades of polyethylene, polybutene-1 and

polypropylene pipes, J. Material Science, 9(1974)1456-1466.

Barker, M. B., Bowman, J. and Bevis, M., The performance


and cause of failure of polyethylene pipe subjected to

constant and fluctuating pressure loadings, J. materials


Science, 18(1983)1095-1118.

Barton, S. J. and Cherry, B. W., Butt-welding of


polyethylene pipe, Proceedings of the 28th National
Welding Convention, Weldinf in the Eighties, Melbourne,

Australia, (1980) 1-8.

Page 234
Barton, S. J. and Cherry, B. W., Butt fusion welding of high

density polyethylene pipe, J. of Adhesion, 7(1983)59-85.

Becker, U. and Streese, G., The welding of plastics,

Kunststoffe, 59(1969)679-684.

Beech, S. H., Burley, C. and Bunn, H. C., Residual stress in

large diameter MDPE pipe, PRI-Proceedings of the VII

International Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of

Bath, September, (1988) 15/1-15/9.

Benkreia, H., Day, A. J., Shillitoe, S. and Stafford, T. G.,

Butt fusion of polyethylene pipes -a theoretical

approach, Proceedings of the welding Institute Conference

on Advances in Joining Plastics and Composites, Bradford,

Yorks, (1991)188-201..

Bhatnagar, A. and Broutman, L. J., Effect of annealing and

heat fusion on residual stresses in polyethylene pipe,

ANTEC Conference-Society of Plastic Engineers, Washington,

(1985)545-549.

Bjork, F. and Stenberg, B., An oxygen induction time study

on the behaviour of phenyl-2-naphthylamine in thick walled

TMTD-vulcanised natural rubber cylinders, Plastics and

Rubber Processing Applications, 5(1985) Part 3,277-279.

Bowman, J., Enhancing the performance of plastic pipes,

fittings and joints, The Institute of Materials Plastic

pipes IX Conference, Heriot-Watt University, Scotland (1995)6-18.

BP Trade Literature, (1986).

Page 235
BP Rigidex Polyethylene Pipe Compounds, Technigram,

T400/1, (1988).

Brinken, F., A theoretical approach to the practicle

problems of joining different PE grades, Proceedings of


the 5th International Conference on Plastic Pipes,

University of York, Paper 25 (1982).

British Gas Engineering Standards PS/PS2; Part 1- Pipes;

Part 4- Electrofusion fittings; Part 6- Spigot fittings.

British Gas p1c, UK.

Broutman, L. J., Duvall, P. E. and Nylander, L. R.,

Evaluation of aged plastic pipe used in gas distribution,

ANTEC Conference-Society of Plastic Engineers, (1986)pp.

639-643.

Brydson, J. G., Plastics Materials, Butterworth Scientific,

London, (1982).

Bucknall, C. B., Drinkwater, J. C. and Smith, G. R., Hot

plate welding of plastics: factors affecting weld

strength, Polymer Engineering and Science, 20(1980)432-

440.

Bukin, V. E., Structure of butt fused joints in

polyethylene tubes, Automatic Welding, 25(1972)35-37.

Carlsson, D. J. and Wiles, D. M., Degradation, Encyclopedia

of Polymer Science and Engineering, Vol. 4, Ed.

Kroschwitz, J. I., 2nd Edition, Wiley-Interscience, New

York, (1986)630-696.

Page 236
Cist, J. D. and Smith, J. G., On line inspection of plastic

pipe by rotational ultrasonics, Plastics Engineering,

34(1978)41-44.

Davey, T. G., The Welding Institute Research Bulletin,

November (1988).

Davitt, J., Flexible solutions: plastic pipes for the

water industry, The Institute of Materials Plastic Pipes

IX Conference, Heriot-Watt University, Scotland (1995)19-

24.

Day, M. J. and Gittos, M. F., The light microscopy of


plastic welds, TWI Research Bulletin, 28(1987)41-44.

DeCourcy, D. R. and Atkinson, J. R., The use of tensile


tests to determine the optimum conditions for butt welding
polyethylene pipes of different melt flow index, J.
Material Science, 12(1977)1535-1551.

Dib, N., Day, A. J., Benkreira, H. and Wood, A. S., Computer

aided design of the butt fusion welding processes on


polymer pipes, Proceedings of the Plastic Pipes VIII
Conference by the Plastic and Rubber Institute,
Koningshof, Netherlands, (1992), B2/2-1-B2/2-13.

Diedrich, G. and Kempe, B., Welding of pipes and fittings

made with different grades of HDPE, Kunststoffe,

70(1980)87-89.

Dodin, M. G., Welding mechanisms of plastics: a review, J.

of Adhesion, 12(1981)99-111.

Page 237
Doshi, S. R., Prediction of residual stress distribution in

plastic pipe extrusion, Journal of Vinyl Tech,

11(1989)190-194.

Edwards, M. F. Ellis, D. I. Georghiades, S. and Smith, R.,

Extrudate cooling of medium density polyethylene pipe

sections, Proceedings of the 5th International Conference

on Plastic Pipes, University of York, September, (1982),

Paper 8.1-8.9.

Egen, U., Microstructure in tool-butt-welding joints in

polypropylene pipes, Conference Proceedings: ANTEC, (1987)

794-799.

El Barbari, N., Michel, J., and Menges, G., Weldability of


dissimilar HDPE pipe materials for heated tool butt-

welding, Kunststoffe, 76(1986)341-345.

Khoury, F. and Passaglia, E., Chapter 6- The morphology

of crystalline synthetic polymers, in Treaties on solid

state chemistry, Edited by Hannay, N. B., vol. 3., Plenum

Press, London, (1976).

Folkes, M. J., Haunton, J. and Bowman, J., Microstructure

development and its effect on the mechanical properties of


butt fusion joints, Proceedings of the welding Institute

Conference on Advances in Joining Plastics and Composites,

Bradford, Yorks, (1991)118-127.

Gabler, K. and Potente, H., Weldability of dissimilar

thermoplastics - experiments in heated tool welding, J. of

Adhesion, 11(1980)145-163.

Page 238
Gebler, H., Influence of processing on the properties of

HDPE pressure pipes, Kunststoffe, 73(1983)9-11.

Gebler, H., Long term behaviour and ageing of PE-HD pipe,

Kunststoffe: German Plastics, 79(1989) Part 9,34-36.

Gebler, H. and Racke, H. H., Determining internal stresses


in thick-walled plastic pipes, Kunststoffe, 72(1982)17-20.

Gedde, U. W. and Jannsson, J. F., Determination of thermal

oxidation of high density polyethylene pipes using


differential scanning calorimetry, Polymer Testing,

1(1980)303-312.

Gedde, U. W., Terselius, B. and Jansson, J. F., A survey of

methods for the detection of thermal oxidation in high

density polyethylene pipes, Polymer Testing, 2(1981)Part3,

211-222.

Gehde, M., Bevan, L. and Ehrenstein, G. W., Analysis of the

deformation of polypropylene hot-tool butt welds., polymer

Engineering and Science, 32(1992) 586-592.

Girardi, M. A., The evaluation of mechanical testing

techniques and the influence of defects in MDPE butt

fusion welds, Proceedings of the Plastic Pipes VIII

Conference by the Plastic and Rubber Institute,

Koningshof, Netherlands, (1992), B2/6-1-B2/6-8.

Grandclement, G., Proceedings of the 11th Plastic Fuel Gas

Pipe Symposium, AGA, San Francisco, USA, (1989)159-168.

Page 239
References

Grassie, N. and Scott, G., Polymer Degradation and.

Stabilisation, Cambridge University Press, cambridge,


(1985).

Greig, J. M., Pipes Pipeline International, 22(1977)16-24.

Grimm, R. A., Fusion welding techniques for plastics,


Welding Journal, March(1990)23-28.

Hale, G., Measuring properties of plastic welds, Welding

Institute Bulletin, March/April(1990)30-33.

Harris, W. D., Joining of Plastics, Welding Research

Council Bulletin, 12(1966)1-12.

Haworth, B., Law, T. C., Skyes, R. A. and Stephenson, R. C.,


Factors determining the weld strength of window corners
fabricated from impact modified UPVC profiles, Plastics

and Rubber Processing and Applications, 9(1988)81-89.

Hessel, J. and John, P., Long term strength of HDPE welded


joints low temperature flexural test used as evaluation
-
criteria for butt welded heating elements, Kunststoffe,

74(1984)12-14.

Howard, J. B., Stabilisation problems with low density

polyethylene insulation, Proceedings of the, 21st

International Wire and Cable Symposium, (1972) 329-361.

Howard, J. B. and Gilroy, H. M., Some observations on the

long-term behaviour of stablised polyethylene, Polymer

Engineering Science, 15(1975)268.

Page 240
Isaac, D. H., Eccott, A. R., Pittman, J. F. T. and Farah, I.,

Mechanical properties and residual stresses through the

wall thickness of polyethylene piping, The Institute of


Materials Plastic Pipes IX Conference, Heriot-Watt

University, Scotland (1995)542-550.

Kaelble, K., Physical Chemistry of Adhesion, John Wiley

and Sons, London, (1971).

Kamenova, L., Alexiev, K., Korab, G. and Esaulenko, G., A

study of relations between the welding parameters, the

morphology and mechanical characteristics of polypropylene

welded joints, Welding in the World, 26(1988)146-158.

Keith, H. D., Padden, F. J. and Vadimsky, R. G., Origin of


intercrystalline links, J. polymer Science, Physics

Edition, 18(1980)2307-2309.

Keith, H. D. and Padden, F. J., Twisting orientation and the

role of transient states in polymer crystallisation,


Polymer, 25(1984)28-42.

Keith, H. D. and Padden, F. J., A discussion of spherulitic

crystallisation and spherulitic morphology in high

polymers, Polymer, 27(1986)1463-1471.

Keller, A., Polyethylene as a paradigm of polymer crystal


morphology, Plastics and Rubber Processing and
Applications, 4(1984)85-92.

Kinloch, A. J., Adhesion and Adhesive Science and


Technology, Chapman and Hall Ltd., London, (1987).

Page 241
Kramer, E. and Koppelmann, J., Measurement of oxidation of

polyolefins by thermal analysis, Polymer Degradation and

Stability, 16(1986)261-275.

Lamond, R. S., The polyethylene pipe market, The Institute

of Materials Plastic Pipes IX Conference, Heriot-watt

University, Scotland (1995)1-5.

Land, W., and Erlenkamper, E., Experiences gained in the

welding of thermoplastic mouldings, Kunststoffe,

75(1985)315-320.

Limpar, A., extrusion technology for large diameter

polyolefin pipes, PRI-Proceedings of the VII International

Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of Bath,

September, (1988)16/1-16/12.

Lin, T. T. and Benator, A., Effects of hot plate welding

parameters on the weld strength of polypropylene, ANTEC

Conference Proceedings, New Orleans, USA, (1993) 961-963.

Low, A., Vesely, D., Allan, P. and Bevis, M., An


investigation of microstructure and mechanical properties

of high density polyethylene spherulites, J. Material

Science, 13(1978)711-721.

Lu, X., Qain, R., Brown, N. and Buczala, G., The effect of

pressure and contaminants on slow crack growth in a butt


fusion in a polyethylene gas pipe, J. of Applied Polymer

Science, 46(1992)1417-1427.

Page 242
Lustiger, A. and Markham, R. L., Importance of tie

molecules in preventing polyethylene fracture under long

term loading conditions, Polymer, 26(1983)1647-1654.

Lustiger, A., The effect of an environmental stress


cracking agent on interlamellar links in polyethylene, J.
Polymer Science, Part B. Polymer Physics, 24(1986)1625-

1629.

Lutz, J. T., Thermoplastic Polymer Additives-Theory and


Practics, Marcel Dekker, New York, (1989).

Mackley, M. R. and and Keller, A., Flow induced plymer


chain extention and its relation to fibrous

crystallisation, Phil. Tran. R. Soc. Lond. A., 278(1975).

Maine, L. and Stafford, T. G., PE joining techniques, PRI-

Proceedings of the 6th International Conference on Plastic

Pipes, University of York, 26-28 March (1985) B1-B31.

Maine, L. and Stafford, T. G., In-field quality control of


fusion jointing methods, PRI-Proceedings of the VII

International Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of


Bath, 20-22 September, (1988).

Malguarnera, S. C. and Earles, L. L., The quality assurance

of heat fused thermoplastic pipeline joints, Proceedings

od the 40th ANTEC Conference, San Francisco, USA,

(1982)279-282.

Page 243
Mallinson, J. N. and Gwynn, D. P., Characterisation of blue

MDPE water pipe, PRI-Proceedings of the VII International

Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of Bath,

September, (1988)9/1-9/11.

Marshall, G. P., The influence of welding parameters on the

toughness of butt fusion welds in MDPE, Proceedings of the

welding Institute Conference on Advances in Joining

Plastics and Composites, Bradford, Yorks, (1991)202-215.

Marshall, D. I., George, E. J. Turnispeed, J. M. and Glenn,

J. L., Measurement of oxidation stability of polyolefins by

thermal analysis, Polymer Engineering and Science,

13(1973) Part 6,415-421.

Marshall2 G. P., Hepburn, D. and Cosgrove, B., The


,
development of toughness in butt fusion welds for PE

pipes, RAPRA, 11 (1995) 193-210.


pressure

Marshalls, G. P., Hepburn, D., Pearson, D. and Mackellar,

S., Factors affecting the toughness of electrofusion

joints in PE pipe systems for the water industry, RAPRA,

11 (1995) 211-233.

Marshall, G. P., Taylor, M. D. and Dickinson, A. J.,

Assessment of the influence of processing on medium-high

density PE pressure pipes, Proceeding of the 5th

International Conference, Plastic Pipes, York University,

September, (1982) 7.1-7.9.

Page 244
References

Marshall, G. P., Youd, S. and Birch, M., Correlation of

fast fracture, PRI-Proceedings of the 7th International

Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of Bath,

September, (1988).

McGrath, G. C., The analysis of welded joints in plastic

components using instrumented falling weight impact

analysis and long term loading techniques, Proceedings of


the welding Institute Conference on Advances in Joining
Plastics and Composites, Bradford, Yorks, (1991)148-155.

McGreevy, R. J., Hot plate welding of high density

polyethylene: the effect of melt index and density on weld

strength, ANTEC Conference Proceedings, Boston, USA,

(1995) 1224-1228.

Menges, G., Michel, J. and El Barbari, N., Testing of

dissimilar material welds of various PE-HD pipe materials,

Welding in the World, 2S(1987)181-187.

Menges, G. and Zohren, J. Untersuchungen zum

heizelementscheeiben von polyolefinen, Plastverabeiter,

10(1967)165-171.

Moore, L. M., Marshall, G. P. and Allen, N. S., Thermal

analysis of MDPE pipe: A critical review Polymer

Degradation and Stability, 25(1989)161-180.

Muller, W. and Gaube, E., Material and processing


influences on the time dependent creep rupture strength of

HDPE pipe, Kunststoffe, 72(1982)24-25.

Page 245
Narisawa, I. and Nishimura, H,, Short-and-long properties

of fusion-joninted polyethylene, ANTEC Conference

Proceedings, New Orleans, USA, (1993) 381-387.

Neubert, W. and Mack, W. A., Getting a bead on welding of

plastic pipe and fittings, Plastics Engineering,

29(1973)40-43.

Neumann, J. A. and Bockhoff, F. J., Welding of Plastics,

Reinhold, New York (1959).

Nieh, J. Y. and Lee, L. J., Morphological characterisation

of the heat-affected zone (HAZ) in hot plate welding,


ANTEC Conference Proceedings, New Orleans, USA, (1993)

388-392.

Parmar, R. and Bowman, J., Crack initiation and

propogation paths for brittle failures in aligned and

misaligned pipe butt fusion joints, Polymer Engineering

and Science, 29(1989)1396-1405.

Parmar, R., The long-term behaviour of butt fusion welds


in polyethylene pipeline systems, PhD Thesis, Brunel

University, (1986).

Peterlin, A., Morphology and fracture of drawn crystalline

polymers, J. of Macromolecular Science: Physics,

8(1973)83-99.

Pimputkar, S. M., The dependence of butt fusion bond

strength on joining conditions for polyethylene pipe,

Polymer Engineering and Science, 29(1989)1387-1395.

Page 246
Pittman, J. F. T. and Farah, I. A., Computer simulation of

the cooling process in plastic pipe manufacture including

sag, thermal stresses and morphology, The Institute of

Materials Plastic Pipes IX Conference, Heriot-watt

University, Scotland (1995)364-371

Pittman. J. F. T., Whitman, G. P., Beech, S. and Gwynn, D.,

The cooling phase of large pipe manufacture, Proceedings

of the Plastic Pipes VIII Conference by the Plastic and

Rubber Institute, Koningshof, Netherlands, (1992), E2/1-1-

E2/1-10.

Potente, H., On the theory of heated-tool butt welding,


Kunststoffe, 67(1977)98-102.

Potente, H. and Gabler, K., Welding of dissimilar

thermoplastics, Plastverarbeiter, 31(1986)203-207.

Potente, H., Michel, P. and Tappe, P., The principle- of


hot plate welding of semi-crystalline thermoplastics,

Joining Plastics in Production, Watson, M. N. (Ed. ),

Welding Institute, Abingdon, Carobs, UK, (1988) 105-126.

Potente, H. and Tappe, P., Heated tool butt welding of

polyethylene pipes - Welding parameters and testing

techniques, Materials and Design, 5(1985)273-280.

Potente, H. and Tappe, P., Scale up laws in heated tool


butt welding of semicrystalline thermoplastics, Welding in

the World, 26(1988)18-25.

Page 247
Potente, H. and de Zeeuw, K., PRI-Proceedings of the 4th

International Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of

Sussex, Paper 24, (1979).

Reinke, M. and Potente, H., Effects of the processing


history on the internal properties of HDPE pipe and their
butt-welding and how they are affected by annealing,
ANTEC, (1982)59-61.

Reitemeyer, P., Extrusion of pipes, Kunststoffe,


71(1981)24-25.

Ritchie, P. D., Plasticisers, Stablisers and Fillers,

Butterworths, London, (1972)230,248-249.

Sawyer, L. C. and Grubb, -D. T., Polymer Microscopy, Chapman

and Hall, London, (1987).

Schlarb, A. K. and Ehrenstein, G. W., The impact strength


of butt welded vibration welds related to microstructure

and welding history, Polymer Engineering and Science,

29(1989)1677-1682.

Scott, G., Developments in Polymer stabilisation 4,

Applied Science Publication, London (1981)1-22.

Shillitoe, S., A study of the butt fusion welding of


thermoplastic pipes, PhD Thesis, Bradford University,
(1991).

Solvay high density Polyethylene, Technigram, (1989).

Page 248
Stevens, S. M., Fourier transform infra-red spectrometry
for the analysis of polymers, TWI Research Bulletin,

29(1988)210-213.

Stevens, S. M., The evaluation of molecular orientation and

structural changes in polypropylene welds, ANTEC

Conference Proceedings, New Orleans, USA, (1993) 378-380.

Stevens, S. M., The effect of welding on the a- and f3-

crystalline forms of polypropylene, ANTEC Conference

Proceedings, Boston, USA, (1995) 1196-1200.

Stevens, S. M., A morphological examination of

polypropylene hot plate welds, ANTEC Conference

Proceedings, Indianapolis, USA, (1996) 1275-1279.

Stokes, V. K., Vibration welding of thermoplastics. Part 1:

Phenomenology of the welding process, Polymer Engineering

Science, 28 (1988) 718-727.

Stokes, V. K., Experiments on the hot-tool welding of


dissimilar thermoplastics, ANTEC Conference Proceedings,

New Orleans, USA, (1993) 953-960.

Stokes, V. K. and Hobbs, S. Y., Strength and bonding

mechanisms in vibration-welded polycarbonate to

polyetherimide joints, Polymer Engineering and Science, 29

(1989)1667-1676.

Tadoharo, H.,. Structure of Crystalline Polymers, Wiley,

London, (1979).

Page 249
Terselius, B. Gedde, U. W., and Jansson, J. F., Structure

and morphology of thermally oxidised high dendity

polyethylene pipes, Polymer Engineering and Science,

22(1982)Part7,422-431.

Tirumalai, V. C. and Lee, L. J., Characterisation of

polystyrene in the vicinity of hot plate welded joints,

Proceedings of the ANTEC 1990 International Conference,

Society of Plastic Engineers, Dallas, (1990)1751-1757.

Torsun, I. S., Day, A. J., Wood, A. S., Dib, N., Rosala,

G. F., Folkes, M. J. and Hinchliffe, F. A., An intelligent

knowledge based system for the elec :tro-fusion welding of

polyethylene pipes., The Institute of Materials Plastic

Pipes IX Conference, Heriot-watt University, Scotland


(1995) 378-388.

Vanspeybroeck, P., Analysis of results of the constant


tensile load test for fused PE gas pipe materials, The
Institute of Materials Plastic Pipes IX Conference,

Heriot-watt University, Scotland (1995)92-106.

Venema, B. and Wolters, M., Evaluation of possibilities


for non-destructive inspection of butt fusion joints in PE

piping systems, Proceedings of the welding institute


Conference on Advances in Joining Plastics and Composites,

Bradford, Yorks, (1991)128-136.

Voyutskii, S. S., Autobesion and Adhesion of High Polymers,


Interscience Publishers, London, (1963).

Page 250
Ward, I. M., Mechanical Properties of Solid Polymers, Wiley

and Sons, Chichester, (1983).

Water Industry Specification, ISN 0267-0305, WIS No. No. 4-

32-03, "Specification for blue polyethylene (PE) pressure

pipe for cold potable water nominal sizes 90-1000 for

underground or protected use)" WRc, July (1989), Issue 2.

Watson', M. N., TWI Members Report 382/1988.

Watson2, M. N., The butt fusion joining process-fundamental

aspects, PRI-Proceedings of the VII International

Conference on Plastic Pipes VII, University of Bath,


(1988)18/1-18/13.

Watson", M. N., Plastics joining at the welding institute,

The Welding Institute Bulletin, Jan. /Feb. (1990)4-7.

Watson2, M. N., The butt fusion (hot plate) welding process


for polyethylene and polypropylene pipe - improvements to

productivity, Members Report 419/1990.

Watson3, M. N., Improvement to productivity with the butt

fusion process for joining plastic pipes, Proceedings of

the ANTEC 1990 International Conference, Society of

Plastic Engineers, Dallas, (1990) 1804-1807.

Watson, M. N. and Murch, M., Recent developments in hot

plate welding of thermoplastics, Polymer Engineering and

Science, 29(1989)1382-1386.

Page 251
Williams, J. G., Gray, A. and Hodgkinson, J. M., The

determination of residual stresses in plastic pipe and

their role in fracture, Polymer Engineering and Science,

21 (1981) 822-828

Williams, J. G., Fracture Mechanics of Polymers, Ellis and

Harwood, Chichester, (1984).

Wilson, K, A., Verification of butt fusion weld quality in

large diameter PE100 water pipes, The Institute of

Materials Plastic Pipes IX Conference, Heriot-watt

University, Scotland (1995)168-180.

Wolters, M. and Venema, B., Mechanical quality of welds in

polyethylene pipe systems, Proceedings of the 5th

international Conference on Plastic Pipes, University of

York, September, (1982), Paper 26.1-26.11.

Wood, A. S., The butt-fusion welding of polymers, Chemical

Engineering Science, 48(1993)3071-3082.

Wool, R. P., Yuan, B. L. and McGarel, O. J., Welding of

polymer interfaces, Polymer Engineering and Science,

29(1989)1340-1367.

Yeh, H. J., Infrared welding of polyethylene pipes using

radiant heater, ANTEC Conference Proceedings,

Indianapolis, USA, (1996) 1245-1249.

Yuan, B. L., and Wool, R. C., Strength development at

incompatible semicrystalline polymer interfaces, Polymer

Engineering and Science, 30(1990)1454-1464.

Page 252
Ziatsev, K. I., The cause of fracture of joints in plastic

pipelines, and calculation of optimum process parameters


for welding them, Welding Production, 19(1972)20-22.

Ziatsev, K. I. and Bukin, V. E., On the relationship between

the paths of fracture and the structure of butt welds in

polyethylene tubes, welding Production, 20(1973)18-20.

Page 253
Appendix 1
ELTEX TU B 124 PROPERTIES

Properties Test methods Units Values


Density, standard,at 23C ISO R 1183 kg/M3 951
ASTM D 1505
Melt index, load 2.16 kg (MI2.16) DIN 53735 g/10 min < 0.15
ISO 1133
Melt index, load 5 kg (MI5) ASTM D 1238 0.5
g/10 min
Apparent dynamic viscosity at 190°C,at 100 s", SOLVAY (I) Pa.s 22.102
2
Inherent viscosi in tetraleneat 160°C SOLVAY j /g
Yield stressat 23C
at 50mm/min DIN 53455 Test Spec. MPa 25
at 100 mm/min No. 4 (3) MPa 25
Tensile strengthat break, at 23°C
at50mm/min ISO R 527TestSpec. MPa 39
at 100mm/min No.2 MPa 37
Percentageelongation at break, at 23°C
at 50mm/min % >600
at 100mm/min % >600
Modulus of elasticity at 23°C ISO R 527 (°) MPa 1200
SHORE D hardnessat GPC 62
20 °C -
at DIN 53505 60
-
at 40°C ASTM D 2240 (5) 56
-
at60C 54
-
at 80°C 52
-
VICAT softening point, load 1 kg DIN 53460 C 127
VICAT softening point, load S kg ISO 306 °C 77
Thermal conductivity, at 23°C ASTM D 1525 W/m. K 0.38
Coefficient of linear expansion DIN 52612 K"' 1.3.10'4
ASTM D 696
Specific heat, at 23°C Calorimetric kJ/kg. K 1.9
at 100°C kJ/kg. K 3.2
Brittleness temperature ASTM D 746 °C <-100
Molecular weight distribution SOLVAY medium
() Apparent dynamic viscosity of the material extruded at 190 °C through a 1.00 mm diameter and 15 mm long
die, at apparentshearrate 100 s'.
(2) Concentrationof the solution: 1 g/l.
(3) Measuredon compression-mouldedplates.
(4) Measured on compression-moulded plates. Testing rate = lmm/min; thickness: 4mm.
s 15 s value, under constant load.

Table A Selected properties of Eltex TU B 124, reproduced from Eltex data


sheet [Solvay, 1989].
RIGIDEX PC 002-50 R 102 PROPERTIES

Property Test methods Units Values


Melt flow rate-2.16 kg load BS 3412: 1976 g/10 min 0.2
ISO 1133 - 1981 Procedure4
5 kg load BS 3412:1976 g/10 min 1.0
ISO 1133 - 1981 Procedure5
Density BS 3412: 1976; ISO 1872-1972 kg/M3 950
Tensile strength at yield BS 3412:1976; ISO/R527-1966: Type MPa 19
2 SpeedD
Flexural modulus BS 2782:1978:335A MPa 700
Elongation at break BS 3412:1976; ISO/R527-1966: Type % >800
2Speed D
Hardness ISO/R868-1968 (Type D) - 65
Vicat softening temperature BS 2782:1976:120A C 116
Brittleness temperature ASTM D746-79 C <-70
Linear thermal expansion ASTM D696-79 Average value over C 1.5 x 10
temperaturerange 20°C to 60°C
Thermal conductivity BS 874: 1973 W/m C 0.4
Thermal stability-Oxidation induction ASTM D3350-81 C >240
temperature
Oxidation induction time Isothermal at 20d C min >30
Stresscrack resistance F) ASTM D1693-70 Methods A, B&C hours >1000
Electric strength BS 2782:1972:201B, sheet 1mm thick kV/mm >20
Volume resistivity BS 2782:1982:230A 12m >101.1
Surfaceresistivity BS 2782:1982:23IA Q >10
Relative permittivity BS 2067:1953 (between 1 and 20 2.6
-
MHz) IEC 250
Loss tangent BS 2067:1953(between 1 and - 3x10
20MHz) IEC 250

Table B Selected properties of Rigidex PC 002-50, reproduced from Rigidex


data sheet [BP, 19881.
The data presented in Appendix 2 for the measurement of

bead width was obtained by using image analysis. The data

are an average of seven readings and is accurate to 1

decimal place. However, the data from the image analysis


correlated very closely with the manual measurements which

were obtained using digital vernier callipers.

Appendix 2
OO
a
00 NM
i h
n a
N N 0
M
00
O
v
Oý O
- g r
N M
M
o
b 00

0 vn
.+
00 M M M N1 00 M N1 M N M M M M M 00

V1 º- O, In In Os O of 0% b Os In 05 O5 g 't h N O
N 2 e v1 'O M ýO rý IO r1: Oý 00 rý r": lý v1 lO o
lq: ..
V V e e d' e
-* -f at -e -e -e -e -e -e e 'et vi

1 0 ý b M N In In 00 V N N 0
-9 O -1 N
Oý 00 O5 0% O5 0% O5 0% Ö 0% T 0% .O5 0% N
O5 0% 0% Ö
r ~

_M
y
y , h 50 M %D h Ooo
' h N T N N ein 5 M h O
2 O5 v1 - - v1 h O O O5 ao O' oo of O IO In O
Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö Ö
Oý O' O'
^

1 00 tN M b M O' O h N O \O pý 0 0 O O O
7 N _ O: V R M 00 Os O V1 N N M
N 2: 2 h
Ilt
h h h 00 h a0 0o Oy N N N
N N r .. .

y
r 0 N -V M M In 50 N O O, 05 N 00 0% O5 of 00
V) O O
O O 1ý ei ý". ý+ n N N N ý+ 61 O, In 00 IC!
.N N N N
2 O'. 0% LO h: OÖ 0 ei N 0 0 0, 0'
.. . -. .- . -ý N N N N N N N N N N N

N O M O5 00 V1 M O 0 V1 O N vi - In
Oý Mf 1D a0 h 7 'ýf ýf 7 ýO h oo v1 M O
b b b b b b b b P
00 h 1G ýC oý 00 oÖ tý

y
I. In f- 0 00 0 M O5 h - In
y O N O
_ v1 N 00 NN . -r VS 00 h N . 00
O N O - 00 - Co -
N N N N N N

ö $ N 0 '0 00 00 ID N N 0
N1 In h N '0' Z Z M M M M tT a h h Os
h Z

0'
N
H 4! f O h $ M 0 M O, b N N h Y1 N b O
rý ; M M M M `7 N N O IO M N
h vi h h b ýO ýO ýD 2 b b b b m V1 n Yy Vy

pý O O N
h O - b - b O 00 M N p
O N n h oo '0
0O vO v1 b b O 1 ei N O
le: Ö N
N O ON ON 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Q%
O ,
.. 00
. ..
N
U) w M_ N_ M N b eý b 00 b V) M N_ 00 ýp N In
y S 00 Nh OO M M N N N 00 'i O IC
O f`! !V lV M N1 1+1 M N N Ö
O
:

k 0' 00 b N - OO h h - 0' v1 h N NO N 0
ZI 00 Oý e'1 M Qý le: 00 O 1ý OO T 1.O lD b 00
'L Q% oa a 0% e% 00h N N N 00 h N tP 00 0% o, 0%
ýý

y O N ýD O ýO h o0 N 0% 0 M 0 N 0 0 O
2 M N1 V1 Oh n P o -i Cý T M O 1ý h
d d o1 2 ° : : 2 2 = Z Z ° ° o,
.. .. .,
p O h $ N v1 M h O1 'D 0 O In h N e+1 00
ýO h tß'1 M N N ýO Oý V1 h oý 00
M 00 NI R1 M M M M
ýp ýp M V1 1p V1 V1

h in b N h ')f O- M <f M h h Vf
ein v vi oo a n O m v)
'C e vi N V1 V1 vi vi V1 V1 M, M
c3
M
vi i --i N

b a0 b N N v1 M v1 N h Oi M O. of b N VY h r-1
00 00 b OO M - N M N M SO V1 h - Cl! o0 - 4)
V M M M M M N1 M M 2
N N h In In 2

NM K
CA
v N pý ^ O N N O N N b M V1 s N g cg, g N Q)
y ýn v p o0 0o en h o N en v, a C v o v h
Z % % oo
Z M vi b b wii vi en M
-i 9 9 .e

pý N b ýO ^ N p. O 0 M p N T
0% V1 a N1 O O O In a of V1 o o O
. 0
Nn -e en m «% ei en ein m ein en m e vi vi w
y
N
p O 00 M N N O'. h O b O h N 0D m In
V N 00 00 b N N V1 h 00 G V1 IO h t} M Vl
; b 4I
M Z Z V m b b 2 1O b hr mn m M m
.
10
. .: r

9 M tS ^+'1 Z C? ^ O N 00 00 N 0 Co t+1 O5 00 00
O5 O V e v V o0 N O1 M h O 7 N O'
yý ý ý of M M M M M ý M ý Pi Vi 1I) ý ra
ro
a)
N ý+ O h ý g $ O N N eý1 O h N ýp M ýO h
h N 00 lý l+l tý1 V 'R ý+ h O N Oý ýD h
N h b h fý h
N1 ý ýO h ^ r ý ý ý ý ý

N M NM M P V1 N o0 N 00 In N M
M -1 V M vi V1 < e: N M N M el' M
00 Co 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Co 00 OG od aÖ
N
vi
Y N N M n Ö
N
y ~. p N 00 O
ýJ O
. . ,
Oý ON 0' O, 05 O. Ö
O O O O O C: O, p' p, o' pZ k
b
u
v
a
ä
1.. (- %ß 4MMM a' On H CO N &n %D MONN
e-4
rA 01 MOm OD l0 t- %D w t- ON Ul 01 Ow
rl

rr tn uº uý ui uý uý in ui uý ýo ko
H rl rl r4 HH ri H H r-1 r-i f-1 eIH VA ri rl 9-1 H

$4 co l0 Co 10 tO l! 1 M CD 0 lO O% tO -W 0 co OD v
sP
d MI OD N f1 CO M 10 CO 10 l11 H OD a0 l! 1
4J
MM fn wvw U1 Ul U1 ul lA Ln Ln %- MMM
"1HHH rl HHH r-1 HHHHHHH C-4 H

1.ý lA U1 Mw co M k0 HM ri ON H %D -4 M ON O CO l0
4) rl N rl CADNO rý kD d! sN MM V' 10 Cý O rý Cýr!
2
H1 rl OOO 01 O% 01 01 01 a1 01 0 o1 OOOH
H HHHH ri HH rl H r-i
M

a ON OmH %D t- rn Ln U1 O In nOm
$1 a 00 In lo
mmv [- 01 A %D t0 rý l0 U1 v Oº a% co I- MO t-

41 ...................
rl e4 NNNMMMMMMMMNNNNN r4
p,y H rHl '-1 HHHH HHHHH
e-i r-1 r-1 r-1 HH '-i

$i Q1 0% OD GO N CD sM %D (n NMV 00 V 00 CO OD t-
wON co º(1 NO co 01 ON G1 Co c) sr 0) "r Co U1

CO C0 (1 Cý (ý 1H
E 1N rl 01 01 C1 01 GD CO 00
H ri
rl
NNN
H NNN rl rl rl rl rl rl r-I rl ri rl
0

IX $4 1NMN rl N co M (v1 CD ON OD NM CO M OD r-1


O U1 v CO w a% M G1 CD C0 ul V' ri Vý rý
y rý
U) tN NN tO %D to sM V4
V' lA U1 WO tD IN N CC) NN
r4 H '-1 HH C-1 HHH ri HHHH '-I HH '-1

H E
E
$4 co NOOOOOr lf1 O U1 [- OO U1 tO O
Cl a (71 ON N r- m OD tf1 0% l- Cl ON r4 %0 %0 %D

H 4MMMMMt}ä1)
U1 tf1 1f1 U1 sN lfl Ll lfl U)
3 H e-1 r"i ri ri HHHHH rl H r-1 HHHHH ro
r1

ä a)
$.i tN co lO NOOOOOOO U1 NN U) O t0
A NNw %D H CO N Co 01 Ln
4) U1 NMO eP H [N
Q Aj .................
%D %D [- CO CD a% m a% 01 (A 0) 01 co 00 I- l0 l0 ro
W p ri H r-+ HH 'i HHHH r-+ -r H .-i HHH
"ri
C51

$4 U1 co H Ln Co Co l0 M %D O 01 tf1 lD lo a% OH r- a% "ri
\O co t0 N C1 l- wMN rn mNNN U1 O tr t! 1 Ul (Yr
y
H ý.r
rl HH H"1000OOOOOOOO r-1 eý 14
HiHHHH rH HHHH ri HHHH .-1 ri H O
H
w

$4 wo co O GO U1 . -1 MO -ýM tf1 M Ul OD OmO ul N


V I. OM (- l0 N Iý h [. %D %D U1 MI ON r. tM co r-
3-1
41 ro
NMMMMMMNN
p HHHH rl HH rH HHHHHH ýH rl H r-1 H "rl

$4 . in O1 -. H LÖ [- Cc Ln ON tO O\ QO OM I- M co "o
4 01 M CO %D N [, Vw N ri N ri OOH to r. H rý CO M
y
:
OOOO 01 (l a 0; Ql (1 11 C1 Ol Ol Cý OO
H e1H ri HH .-1 e-1 H

$4 CD N V. ONNm Vw Ln oHN Ln 0) Ln Ln NN Co CN
y Mm to 0% H U1 O% co co H ON co ON co Ul [N 01 Lf1 H

He1HHNNNNMNNNNNNHHH
p .ý . -ý H .ýH .ýHHHH r-1 H r-1 HHHH ri H

d
r OHNMy Ul %D [, co Ol
rl NM Vý in l0 lý CO Oý 04
H 1-1 rl e-i ri 14 ri It r-i rl
04

U)
The data presented in Appendix 3 was obtained by image
analysis and is accurate to 1 decimal place.

Appendix 3
.. o 0 0 o O o o O o O O o O O
_, o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o O o o O o 0
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
m o o O o O O ýr to O H N O o
co N Ol M N N to M
ri H

ý. O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
v O O O O O O O O O O O

O O O O O O N C1 O N N N l0 d'
ý°
CO H M N c-4 I! ) M

O O O O O O O O O O O 0 O O
O O O O O O O O O O O

.. lD N O O O O N O O Q1 N rl c O b
(D d' Cl H H lD to Ln r-1 0) to W
r-I
a)
O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
v O O O O O O O O O O O a)
" dI Co N
H cl N O O O O N O O N N N O O
d' m H r-1 ýl %D in H 0) to

44
0
N Ul H d' to H
Q' H
"" Ul
M
c4
M
00
O cl CO 111 N N
U)
M
01
00
N
de
u)
O
Co
[N
to
.--1
a CD
0
a H e T-1 O O O to to e-i r1 H Cl M N 4J
a)
1J
N [- Co M 0 U) U) In d' H L() M 00 00 00 zW
-"
H O N O to N r-I lO Ql 01 00 -KM Co e M z
0
o
W H
a -- ýD l0 w U, in LA cc a di in lD lo to

N w
LY
G Ei
0
N c+t CO O O d' to O O of O CO Ln -ri Z
w
ý" -1 H-1 N u
A Q g O O Ln c% dw CO t M N N M O N to 0
a di N CO %0
N
`-' U) to u) -i M CM Lfl c1 Lý Ln
Um
. rj
b

" fu - M 0) to m
N
N
de
CO
M
O
41
0)
CO
e
de
0

N (3) H CO ro
r-i
(ý N "' Ol 111 CO e l0 e e--1
H a a i CO N M Ln H de N -M N CO N M M,
ýO dý N CO CO CO N Ul N O N d' de lo
w
E-4
2
H H
0
a)
w
" RS N M O H Ch Lfl M CO 0) M O M a1 cM
-
(Tý U ^ H tD M it N N M O N to
U) M N O rn
Q R(,' 1!1 O Ol Ol H N cv tN Ul <M O Ill N O
0 9
U) M Ul U1 tO to H N U) CO Ql N M U)
4J
N N U) N Co tO N to Ol ' C1 CO Ql
U
"" e-1 U)
"dý N ýD tO O N Co m l0 O in M (D d'

,A M 1. H cn * c% 1, to c0 N to N al
'd' C1 M M N N M to ' U) U) Co 0) Ln
H H M
r-1
x W W

rd El
N Ö
0HNmv H
ri Nm 'ä 111 to N 00 al A H
En En
U)
U)
U)
U)
U)
U) cn
Lo U2 Cl) Cl)
r-1
Cl) En
rl
Cl)
ý--I
a
U) En Q H
U) U2 Cl) En U)
0 0 o 0 o o O O o 0 o 0 0 0 b
0 O o O o O O O O C) O O O o o
;
& O O O O O O (") t11 e-- 01 N M O O
r1 al m 01 r
IR: eM N N N W
r-H H
X
Q)
O O Co O O 0 Co O O O O O O O 41
0 Cl O O 0 0 0 O 0 O O O O 0 r-I
" M
O O O O O O O O N i-1 N M O (V
M C Ol d+ Lf1 N N to 4
H 0
0 C4

O W
0 Cl 0 o O o 0 o O CD O O O O r
C) 0 o 0 0 0 o O O C) O O CD O 4J 0
r-4
N N O O O O k0 O rý N N N N N E
CD q;p co co CA ýr Ln Ln rn r- ko
04

O Co 0 o O o o O o o O 0 O O
O o O o o O o 0 o O O o O O b)
N N O O O O LN O N CO N t0 N N m
CD 0)
d' co d' m L[) U) U) 0) N lO

N H 00 LIl v lo U) a1 a)
. -" U) r-i e-I co Ol c-I tO
M Ol a Ql co U) N N Ll 00 O H LO H 41
(d
a M 0 0 0 %D lD H H H 01 M M H
r1 rl

H
N W
E Wa
t '.Ulo N 'O ' o Cl o N qr rn En CO O
H" ., r-1 N rM ' 0l N Cl [ý M l0 01 ý--I o W
,
a m V M M N N %D to N M M CO M M
44
- U

Ö m
O QO M N 00 to H N O -to
N cal N M N * N
O M CO V * M CO WO l0 N %D N M co

to %D Ll Ul Ll Lfl CO CO Lfl [N N H lD Ln
H
rd

ro
" fd U1 dl IN Ell Lf1 O co H N CO e-1 H to N
"-"
W 1 Ul T-4 co Ol N M N M N Ol in N C) 3
'x
H a' ý--ý M ko O co N Ln m o c) 00 O 00 GAD [-4
to rn l0 N l0 l0 r-I eN %D Ql 0 M .0 ö z 2

" fd "" Cr al Co l0 rH ,,I cM (n r-i N 00 0) Lfl 01 aý a aý


(Yý ^ w H CV O H CV w l0 CV O O H H H
4 0 a ýQ
Ol m M O 0) rl d' M Ql CO M Cl N H
in M N N r-I m to Q1 O N rfl in (d
e-I 41
(S
C-)
CO Q1 m N %D M N O l0 O H N M N
O N N N O N O W O N N O N d+

ý+ N O N O U) U) Ol I O M Ol 0; N CO N
M 00 M m N N m M .0 in m 0) [- En

W a
I'D
O N M d' 4) O H
c-i
ri r4 M ' LI) %D N co 01 ri . -I H H H 04
U) En U) N to Ul U) U) U) ul U) m En En P4
Cl) Cl) Cl) Cl) M U) U) Cl) U) Cl) Cl) Cl) M U) 4 O H
.. O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
0
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O O O
4
N O O O O O Ll ý4 Ol L11 O O O
("1 ON m . --I e M m N Ql l0
r-I . --1 r-1

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

N O O O O O M O to al to O O O

M Cl M r-i U (n M N 0) to
H .--I .--I

+. O O O O O O O O O O O O O O rd
° O 0 0 O O 0 0 0 0 O O 0 O O H
4 N O
M N N O O O cc c; r N lO to N
CD qe 00 CD r-4 Ol to in d' 01 NN to W
'--I X
0)
4)
H
0 O O O O O O O O O O O O O
ý.
v O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

s7ý O lo O O O cc O cc l0 N N M O w m
qT Co ' N 0) lD Ln dI 01 N l0 0
. "'1
E
0
[ý7 c% Co in 4 p to 1.g a1 N Ol l0 1J
rl ý-1 1)
V dý cl O 01 CO Ln N N M CO N H l! 1 r-i 0 a
a - ri M r-1 O O O tO tO H H H O M N A w
ýZ
a)
H
WW
N - N r-1 N
N
. "1 tD N
L11
N
O
M
N
N
O1
M
tO
[-
N
O M H aa
N N r1 M M if
0
m e M N N N N In N m M 00 M M W
U

0 Um
. r-{
tý7 "" 0 M in Ln O N tO N to (3) Co M Co En
O in i* N M -T M M 0 N r-1 Co l0 O CO

a; 01
N
A - ul tG In in In In Ul CO w c to U')
E
ro
" «1 "-" N d0 c% (n to M
CO
0)
tO
Ul N M O (D Co d' rd
(iý ^ Co to 'd' V' to M co Co N Lfl 01 00
. . . . . 4 . .
a)
H 4 -1 O
.
e %D %D 'd* tD o0 c0 N
.

. .
M
.
x
y to %0 l0 l0 l0 H Ve Ln 00 (D M e in
fi w
0
a) w
Ln lo O H N M 0) d* M O CO 0)
iYi N 'r H Ol to M de e-1 O CO N .-i 0 N en cl
0 a P4
c; R"i ý--I f ý1 M H M M tM t11 N al Ol N a1 Lt)
.E to M tD N N N ri M lD 0) N en in
r-1
H (d
II
U
lo CO in Ul U') N [N .--1 00 Co l0 O H to
Ql [N %D to N Ifs e-i U'. e O Co N M O

Ol tO CO 01 M N N O l0 in m N in M
t- M N. N N de N -cM to Ks O [- In
H r"H N M
a
Wz
. rl
b w
N Z
N H
w-i N (n cp Ln tO [- co (1
0rNM
r-1 Hi
Nit
A
0
r-I
U) U) U) U) U) U) U) U) U) U] Cl) U) En U
U) U) U) En Cl) V] U) U) H
CI) Vl Cl) Cl) Cl) U) 0
ý. O 0 O 0 0 O O O O O 0 O O 0
O 0 O O 0 O 0 O 0 O 0 0 0 0 b
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
° N O O O O O tD O O O O O L( O
m
in cl M O Ve Ul -e c9 Co to
N
V-1 r-i V-4
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
v
..
O 0 O O O O 0 O O O O O O O

N O O O O O IN O O O O O O O
m cl c'7 O -M Ul -e N 00 in
H H w
r-i 0
O O O O O O O O O O O O
0 w
O O 0
O O O 0 O O O 0 O O O O O O . ri
O
.
O
.
O
.
O
.
O
.
O
.
in
.
N
.
tll
.
d'
. . . . 0
' M co O
m H
q* Co Ol in in d* 01 N lo
U) W
0
a
. -. O O O O O O O 0 O O O O O O
° 0 0 O O O O O
O 0 O O O O O w
a)
m r-1 O O O O O 111 O N N e O lo 0) r--I 0
CD
d' Co H Ol in hfl d* 0) N in

CO in de %D
" . -" C1
-T
ri
O1 O Ql
-4
CO in N
r-1
N
in
M
C1
Co
N
N
in
O
in
tO
to
H
a)
r4
a O O O l0 to H W
y r-1 M e-i 14 c-i (1 M H
a)
W
0 O O O O O O m Ql d' H O1
4J LL
" .. to O
e H 5 a1 M CO ID M N M e M N in Co N O E-1
to 0
.l -- cri 'c in in ui in to to rý is cn ca to w U
Cl)
0 U
lD lD d'
0
N " "" Co N C1 00 N M N Ul co Ol H
O M rl N ri O N O O ce N ýo
ý ui Uý in in rn oa in a)
,. -- in 'c CO N o Ln In E
r-1
ro
fxs CO CO 0 (f'. H O N r-i N Ln dp in Co N ro
H
(Yi Ol ^ 00 CO r-1 [N M Q1 M U H M in r- to
3 a)
H Q
...
N
l0
d' N
to
M
N
CO
to
(V
N
N M N 1-I in N r Ql xH
M r-1 c' tO O O 4M M ä
w 0
r-1 r-1 0 z
a) w Pý
" (Q in c4 H M rn l' Cl N M H to r-I lD lo a
tD in r4 CO N lO H Ol ß1 in N 1n lf1 in b)
01 in 0 N 0 Co cM to Ln ca
0 0 P4
M N ca
in m tD to N to e-I M in CO O N M in
H 41
. 4 O %0
U
N - N in m in in 01 in N l0 l0 e
N M N N In tN M rn 00 Ql m H Ol

M to ý-1 O ca -i in Co to to CM ca M to
-e l- M M N N m N M in -e CO Ql to
H V-1 H M

x G4
. ri W Wz
H
ro Z
O CN M -e 0 H
rl N
U)
f+1
N

U)
u"
U)
t0
U)

U)
0ý C1 r-1
ri
r-1 r-1 r-1 r-I
a)
Cl) U] ý (n cn Cl) to
N U] U) U] cn U) U) cn U) Cl) U) rn cn H
0
,. O O O O O O O O 0 O 0 O O
O O C) O O O O O O O O O O
j
O c; O O O r-4 oo N CO lO r-1 W
00 N CO N r-I m .0 rr)
H

O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
o O
de O O O O CO CO 00 l0 N l0
0 O r-I
co N CO N v-I M w M
r-I

O O O O O O O O O O O
O O
O O O O O O O O O O O
O O
; 4 i
O CO O O O O N d4 LA di
N Ch LA -i %m Ol l0
O QN
1--1 r-1
W
O O O O
Ei
O O O O O O O O O
O O O b
O O O O O O O O O O 0
N O LA N W 0) 3
O 00 O O O O
d1

Q)
rd
l0 O O N N Ol al 01
dý N !n N ri "14
e tD N N CO N H
Q1 N [N W Lfl r-4
"
3 O dý LA H O N dý N a
O ' O O O
...
4-4
0
CO O N N m Q1 Ql 04
ýp r4
_ '.0 12 .I N N CO l- 1-1 O
V cl N N
i
O O -e LA '-I 0 N N
a O de O O
..
N H
J-ý W

0 to N CO i-I CO
N M di O O O LA Ul
Na
44
hfl CO Cl (n ý lO 00 tD U
a to CO tD Ln LA
N "N
r.
O Um
N . rI
0 0 CO 0 w %D (N M
CO CO p\ r-1 w lo w
N Co de H 4 01 to -1
N CO p

V-1 r-i
b
c> dý M N al Ln M e Co N Co b
H
9 N 3
CD %0 d' N -r O cn o Ln .-4 N w-I
L4
W.
H
...
N Co N CO
CO 01 LA O M W l0 Ln lD 44 H
0
W-4 W-1 z
w
c% N d' Ln N LA
a) a
O CO N en .--I ö
l0 N H 01 M d' . --I s C\ lo
N L Pý
H CO N d' H
a
CO tf 01 dý 00 N
O O M mot' cd
N LA LA lD l0 en %0 00 cn -M
In J-)
fd
U
O O CO e-1 O e M l0 m w QO w
N .ý 01
pp N Ill 1,0 Ln N l0 O to e to

N a1 LA
%D N lie N 00 O Lfl rl e--I l--1
V-4 0' LA LA CO Ln
(n 00 en n N H--H
V-4 r-1
a

b Ei
4% 0 H
0 N le M dý
N (fl d' LA %D N co H ri r-1
ý-i
ä ä ä ä ä ö ýa ä 0 H
ä
b
o O O C) O O O O O CD 0 O
G
o O o 0 o O O o 0 0 0 O
o o 0 0 O o 4
G N 00 M M 0ý
l0 N Ul N
CM p1 N N
H
-e
H Zj

O O O O O O O O O O O O "rl
G O O O O O O O (D O O O O G14
o N o 0 0 0 o
0 00 If) CO 4-4
m Q1 N l0 N fV in 0
H H
O
O O O 0 0 0 0 0 O O O O N
O O O O O O O O O
0 O O O
0
t0 O O O Lfl U)
O 0 t0
M O O
CO
O 0
ei CO lf1 r-1 N %D O w
H a
V-1

o O O O O O
43
O o O CD O O
a-
C
0 o o O O o O o o O O
O
o o
14

Co
O o r+
M
H
Co o
L[1 H
H
N ýo
ý--I

O
N to C% r-I M CO 01 M
N CO N H-1
N tD U) dI '.O N N l0 W 1
U Q1 M
Wz
d' O O O dý dý ý-I Ol dý N
O d'
av
41 WW
Ltl (4 CO C> r- C:) e 0 aa
N^ N CZ
CO w de A d'
V-A
M M in 0) E-4
44
M N ýO Ill Q1 N ý1
U) CO dý M M
N
u "M

0 Um
%.0
N Co Ln [- (Na I- r-1
-e
IN
Co
r-1
%D Ln M
O
dý M M ca co ca c N N
dý N dý
b
b
O lý N
t- l0 N LI) CO CO de CO Ill N
M
m N 111
'. O 'D N x
H4,,, O1 M
de
M
IN
O
CO
N
N \D
M
de
M
00
111
0 le 0 %0 4 H
t0
z
a) G4
N t0 Ol H O t11 Ul H (n N
-, Cl in -1 CV r1 O %D N in O 0) Ln
0 fA
"N H M O O l0 l0 r--'H
a

CO de N (n r-1 d
ti/
t0 [N OD 0) [N H d' M '.O
In m

U
Ql C13 W ON O co [- co r 0 %D Ql
., t0 r (V e-1 cal [- l0 H IN w Ln N

H ký 1D kD
O N O rn Cl C) C4 00 M
rn ON cn N . -1 r-I 01 H in r- 0) In

a a
. r4 W Wz
b H
Z
O fV n 0 H
H Na rn d' in to [, co H H LD4
r-1 r-I
m m 2-14, m H
Lý a tý4 tZ P4 P4 0
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
o o o o o f
O O N
co
Ql
co 00 t.riO
cr rA
r-1 e-I

O O O O O O O O O O O O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
4
O O O 0 O Co c O Lt O
O to
N Ol M r1 00
V-4 H

rf
a
w
O O O O O O O O O O O O N H
,.. O O O O 0 0 O O O
0
O O
O lD N
0
H O O O O Co i.n lo
O
Qs N N U) -i N l0 w
H-I rl b a
0
01 ýa
O O O O O O O O O O O .P4
rA
O
... O O O O O O O O O O
O O
w
.0
(D
O (-1 0 O 0 O
N
M
in
N
Co
d'
CO
N l0 0
m
(Yl
. -I r--I E
0
cr [N to N lC . -1 rn C% N ßr-1 de CO 41
ä
o, rl N lO U) le U) 12 N CO N1 rl 4J
0
A
c; N
O ' O O O O dý dý r- i cM
H

p,S w
N O 111 O to Co d' tD [N N
r. Co rl
in N Ul U tO CY% CO tD
0 Ei
H fh CO (fl
t
4-4 Z
w
T N e r1 M M t d' U) [Z L-; U
º1 --
to "M

0 U
. rA

H O r1 - O c+1 Co N Ul lD Co -i
t-A - I- [- M de N
9 E L11 01 Ln H O ýO
O (h
v
a in N -r qr "r a, o, CO N N E
-- r-f

ro

o o N O in N 0% o in rn In Un ro
( O de N O O to 'T tO N CO Co N
a)
O x
H Q LI Ol Ol U1 rn "da H to N () N
H
.. tD ' to N N 10 d' 00 0 rn ' N w0 z
ä
c% N O lM de to to 00
C) aý
Qf [N N Co . -1
.+ N N CO N O d* Co `e Ul
ýi C) ^ bl ri M -'
O lfl 01 a0
0
r1
0m
<i lD ri [r rn e-i r-1
-j de N N d' M W
v t0 rn ýO N CO

rd
U
M e CO CO m CO O M U) N CO
t', 1 r. de 00 N 0) tD Ul to
tD ii) N to N

M 01 N N H CO U) 1.4 . -I t! 1 O cl r-
m Co M N N A Co N Ln N O) U)
r-i 14
k cr:
. rj H

ONM de U) QH
lo t`- 00
r-i Np m cp to r-i r-i r-1 rl a
4
[l, ß; Ri Lri [ýi PG fei ýi PG P4' 4ýi fy OH
r6
O O O O o O o O O O O O N
,.. CD O o 0 o O o O o o O O
o
m 1n
O)
o o O O Ln
ýo
O
N
rN o
N
Ln
w
Lf
d'
k
H a)
b
O O O O O O O O O O O O rn
O O O O O O O O O O 0 O

O U1 O O O O tl O tý O U1 LC
%D N N N l0 d+ 44
Q1 0
c-I
r. W
O O O O O O O O O O O
0 Ei
O
O O O O O O O O O O O O
0
O O O O O O U1 O 00 111 M M U)
O CO N Co eM O h ýo 0
H T-4 CL
41
O O O O O O O O O O O O
O 0 O O O O O O O O O O rn
O O O O O 0 Ll c; 00 111 M M 0
CD
CD N 00 de O N l0
H r-1
cd
N . -" O to tO H N O M O If O H -e a)
() e Lfl CO to LIl Lfl O W N de 00 Cl 41
cd
a ýº tD M M M M N l0 ýD O N l0

u)
Ww
N r-{ N U1 tN 1o H Cl O N O Co Cl aa
O Cl N %O Lfl 111 CO N N %D N
0 E-4
a .ý V-{ e O O O O le de H M e N w
U)
G Um
0
N CO e Cl N H N N Cl 00 l0 u'1 to
" ..
in %D M H Co Co U)
J i Ný c' 4 .4 Cl Ol 00 lD 0 N N a)
`-'

b
N Ol N Cl 01 01 to M Cl H
rd
" fQ . -. F al H
N l0 H O O 0) 0% d* 0)
cA 0 [N CO ri a)
H Q N CO t0 ý.-1 l- O M dý M U dý dý W4
H
to Cl N CO IN Co " Co N nit g:M IN
44 0
H
0 z
N
w Pý
to %D tO 0% 01 CO lD N d' in 00
a
(ia 'r N dý N H ri H t0 M N t- 'i' co tm
lD co O M l0 O 01 0)
0 0
tC V' II1 %D l0 l0 N O dI M in cd
H
cd
.. N [N N CO d' Co Cl to 01 N Lf1 r-
e 0 in in N to A lD -M O t0 M N N

M In c1 M ri N O S 0 0 %D i 00
M CD N N N r-1 CD H in N Ol in
H H M
X P4 PG
W Wz
.rA E-4
Z
ONM CM 0 H
NMe U1 l0 N 00 r-1 r4 1 R.
-1
4 H
WWWW fý W Fr. Wýý fir' fei 0
Appendix 4
N VM .w
Ln
In
M Ln lD
Ol
In
N
tD
-1
d*
lD
lD
0
t.! )
l-
t.[)
CO
t.I
Lf1
In
--1
LI)
CD
--If
as
o -.a1
4-3
rr4 -)
aý 44
W o o
aW^ co
NN
0% c-1
cß'1
0)
r-1
00
ri
Ql
r-1
OMN
MMNNNMMM
01 01 de lle 0 41
U
aaý O
W
N
WU El) 44
r-I
CO
r-i
'd'
[-
L-
f'M
[-
co
t-
co
CO
r-i
Lf)
co
If)
,Ov
lD (-
r-
co
CO
'D
V'
In
Ul
LU 09
0
"rl U
}4
O ".-1

MO R41 O 00 . -1 N d' CV l0 co di -;v N P Q)


U) .0 Ltl %D LC1 l0 d0 l0 Lfl If I! ) %D q r
qc; N .0
E-4
0 Ord
r.
Ol NO Ol O ro :J
CO Ol Nw Ql O d' de N
0O
OW.. NNMN r-I N CV MNNMMMM
M

0 ý0
pu
In 00 OMOO de d' 'O l0 O O. N d'
a "' ZO MNNmMI in lD LN Ci l0 in in
UN O

ýý ý'
H
a
4J
(VI de M le 0 r-I r-1 dI 14.0 l0 (- i-{ O N
U) M tf1 l0 l0 w d$ W It) Lll Lfl LI) de Ul
M "d
ö ...
h
V
H
a .. Co O Cl a1 N O tD Cl N N m de le d*
W
0Iw
E N N m . -i .-I N de M N N N r1 M M
3

wro

. -" N O Co N Co CO U1 CO N P OD lO L11 W
CO de [N [- Co CO t1) U) l0 [N Co l0 L!1 II)

o
41
41
0
roýN
Ul -M Ql 1,O l0 Ul O lD N 00 00 CO N M
Ul (f1 U) l0 l0 l0 -N w Ul tll LI) d+ -e l! ) .r, r
F -
D 44
0 ö r1 k
a% M O 0) lD O 0) lr r, 00 M d+ Nei
N v
Cl N cn e-4 . -1 Cl N M N N N M M M rd r--I
a E-1 I-i pW
(0 (D
(1) 4j ý4
V (is O
,0
fA r-I 44

d' O U1 N CO 01 l0 01 N al Co N d+ N
CO d' CO CO CO CO U) U) tD 00 00 l0 U) lD

Irl
X
.,b-4

U)
Cl m" tl wS co a% .-i ri r-4 r-1 rl a
Ui () U) U) CI) En Cl) Cl) Cl) U) (! ) Ul Gl Cl)
ýa
Appendix 5
STANDARD POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 x xx
pts 8-14 xx x xx
pts 15-21 x x x
pts 22-28 xx x xx xx x

sample 2
pts 1-7 x
pts 8-14 xx x x
pts 15-21 x x xx
pts 22-28 x x xx xx

sample 3
pts 1-7 x x xx
pts 8-14
x xx
pts 15-21 x xx x x
pts 22-28 x x xx

sample 4
pts 1-7 x xx xx x x
pts 8-14 x x
pts 15-21 x xx x
pts 22-28
x xx

sample 5
pts 1-7 x xx x x
pts 8-14 x x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx x
pts 22-28 x xx

sample 6
pts 1-7 x xx x
pts 8-14 x xx x x
pts 15-21 x x xx x
pts 22-28 xx x xx

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.1 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
R2 POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 x xx x x
pts 8-14 x x xx
pts 15-21 x x xx x
pts 22-28 xx x x

sample 2

pts 1-7 x xx x x xx
pts 8-14 x x x xx xx
pts 15-21 xxx xxx xx xxx xx
pts 22-28 x x x x

sample 3
pts 1-7 x xx x xx x
pts 8-14 xx x x
pts 15-21 xx xx
pts 22-28 xx x x x x x

sample 4
pts 1-7 x xx x xx
pts 8-14 x xx xx
pts 15-21 x x x x xx
pts 22-28 x x xx x

sample 5
pts 1-7 x x xx xx
pts 8-14 xx x x x
pts 15-21 xx x x
pts 22-28 x xx x x

sample 6

pts 1-7 x x xx x xx
pts 8-14 xx x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx x x
pts 22-28 xx xx xx

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.2 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
R3 POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 x x
pts 8-14 xx x x x
pts 15-21 xx x x x xx x
pts 22-28 x x x

sample 2

pts 1-7 x x x x
pts 8-14 x x x x
pts 15-21 x xx x
pts 22-28 x xx x

sample 3
pts 1-7 xx x x x x
pts 8-14 x xx x xx
pts 15-21 x x x
pts 22-28 x3oc x

sample 4
pts 1-7 x x x
pts 8-14 x x xx x
pts 15-21 xx xx x
pts 22-28 x x x xx

sample 5
pts 1-7 x x
pts 8-14 xx
pts 15-21 x xx x xx
pts 22-28 x xx

sample 6
pts 1-7 x xx
xx
pts 8-14 xx x x
pts 15-21 xx x x x
pts 22-28 x xx x x xx

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.3 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
R4 POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 x x xx
pts 8-14 xx xx x
pts 15-21 xx xx xx
pts 22-28
xx

sample 2
pts 1-7 xx xx
pts 8-14 x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx x x
pts 22-28 x _

sample 3
pts 1-7 x xx xx
pts 8-14 xx x x x
pts 15-21 x xx x
pts 22-28 x x x

sample 4

pts 1-7 x xx xx
pts 8-14 x xx x
pts 15-21 x x x xx
pts 22-28 x xx xx

sample 5
pts 1-7 x xx x xx
pts 8-14 x x xx x
pts 15-21 x x xx x
pts 22-28 x xx x

sample 6
pts 1-7 xx x x x x
pts 8-14 x x xx x
pts 15-21 x x xx x
pts 22-28 xx

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.4 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
R5 POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 x x
pts 8-14 xx x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx xx x
pts 22-28 xx xx

sample 2
pts 1-7 x xx x x xx
pts 8-14 x xx x
pts 15-21 xx x
pts 22-28 x x x xx

sample 3
pts 1-7 x x xx
pts 8-14 x x xx x
pts 15-21 xx xx x
pts 22-28 x x xx

sample 4
pts 1-7 x xx x xx
pts 8-14 xx x x xx x
pts 15-21 xx x xx
pts 22-28 x x x xx

sample 5
pts 1-7 xx x xx x
pts 8-14 xx xx xx x
pts 15-21 x xx
pts 22-28 x xx x x xx

sample 6
pts 1-7 x xx xx xx
pts 8-14 xx x xx x x
pts 15-21
pts22-28 xxx x xx x

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.5 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
R6 POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 xx x xx
pts 8-14 x x x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx xx
pts 22-28 xx xx x xx

sample 2
pts 1-7 x x xx
pts 8-14 xx x x x
pts 15-21 xx x xx xx x
pts 22-28 x xx x

sample 3
pts 1-7 x x x x x
pts 8-14 xx x xx
pts 15-21 xx x
pts 22-28
x xx

sample 4
pts 1-7 x x xx
pts 8-14 x xx x x
pts 15-21 roc x x x
pts 22-28 x xx x xx

sample 5
pts 1-7 x xx xx xx x x
pts 8-14 xx x x
pts 15-21 x xx
pts 22-28 x x x xx

sample 6
pts 1-7 x xx xx x
pts 8-14 x x xx xx x
pts 15-21 x xx x
pts 22-28 x x xx

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.6 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
R7 POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
sample 1
pts 1-7 xx x x x
pts 8-14 x xx x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx xx xx x
pts 22-28 c x

sample 2
pts 1-7 x x x x
pts 8-14 x xx x x
pts 15-21 x x xx
pts 22-28 x x x xx

sample 3
pts 1-7 x x x xx x
pts 8-14 xx xx
pts 15-21 x xx xx
pts 22-28 x xx xx x

sample 4
pts 1-7 xx x xx x
pts 8-14 xx xx x x
pts 15-21 xx x x
pts 22-28 xx x x x x xx

sample 5
pts 1-7 xx x x
pts 8-14 xx x xx x
pts 15-21 x xx x
pts 22-28 xx x xx xx

sample 6
pts 1-7 xx x
pts 8-14 x x xx x
pts 15-21 x x xx
pts 22-28 xx x

x: deformation
xx: large deformation
xxx: very large deformation

Appendix 5.7 Points of deformation across four layers for


each of the six samples for Rigidex welds.
Appendix 6
O
O
to

I-'

C
o-S
C3.
U)
C
U
L
N
CL

0
0
(V

0 0 0
0 0
N
0
(T)
°dW ssaJgS
ra I
In
N
a)

4.3!

Wi

0
o

IN# cI

(D'

J 4. )I
C_
r-i
d WI
L
"V t'1
min
0l
44'
4)
L
cr m
U .ýi
L
Ui m
z CL'
M'

-I
.UI 4J

oho
D U)

N

a)
N
N

n
v

l0

x
ri
b
0 0 0
0 N 0 a
(T) a
ego-S
DdW
u

.Q1
411
ö
C) "
C

W'

O r. r
CD cn:
v
K
C
4J
d W..
L
Cl) 0
441
04.3 11
to r- 04

G
U
L
N
0.. 43
UI
0x

N
D
d'
a).
:>I

N
N

1!
4.), ,

D
N

x
.b:
r.,
0 o 0
O N 04
4
9:
m
DdW ss :s
o
o

"FI

U.
a'

Cl.. >
In
N a
C "b'
ýi "r
L
+-)
N
= 441

U
L "ri
Nb
00 o- },.i
N
in

oxa

(A
ON
O

t0

x
.d
b
OO Ki
a)
N a
a
DdW 9SBJ-4S
V.,
rcl
RI
al
Cl
.

C . rf
°N 31
r
Il

O
Sri
LT
V--f
.r

L
+) 0l
N 441

4 rý
C
Co rl
LP
Co 4.).
CL , t11_
O
4 o\0

a)
N
N
a)
O 4J
Ln M

I)

tC

x
.br.,
a)
0 0 a
04
0:4
N
0
odW ssaj, 4s

4
0 t
f

. ii r
0
0
N b
a, 1
t

r-I

n x
K aý
I) i

C a
",,

L
w
0
LA
44
43
C
CD
U
L
N N

o\0
H
N

N
U)
a)
41

I.O

ýD

:4
.br.,

a
00
d0
I
'. 1
b

J
o
w
Ln
N
,a

co ý
ý' .
U)
ra
4J W

14
dl ,ý

Uw
VA 0
.rI

to
OR
N
0
0 N
T-

a)
N
N
a)

4J

tG

X
.r,
93
0 0
0 0

N

Ddw ssa-j-4s
Id
Q)

O
OO
m4
3
. r. {

rd
r1
r
O
ý..ý
0t

rd
a)
cx
L
N
O
Ö0 4a
m0
L "ri
0u nj
Cp

0'0
U)
Q U)
NN

a)
N
N

4.3
D U]
O
r-t

CD

.0

x
.br.,
a 0 a)
O 0 a
N a
DdW 99DJIS

You might also like